2015-10-09 20:08:24 +00:00
// Subsurface 4.5 User Manual
2014-05-01 04:34:08 +00:00
// ==========================
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
// :author: Manual authors: Jacco van Koll, Dirk Hohndel, Reinout Hoornweg,
// Linus Torvalds, Miika Turkia, Amit Chaudhuri, Jan Schubert, Willem
2014-12-14 15:11:23 +00:00
// Ferguson, Salvador Cuñat, Pedro Neves
2015-09-01 01:49:13 +00:00
// :revnumber: 4.5
2015-09-24 14:14:29 +00:00
// :revdate: October 2015
First try at converting user-manual to AsciiDoc
You can do "make doc" in the main directory to create the html version,
and if you want to play around with it, do "make show" in the
Documentation subdirectory to start firefox on the end result.
It's by no means perfect, but it gives somewhat reasonable results, and
this is enough initial work for people to play around with, I think.
NOTE! You need "asciidoc" installed to do this: it's a python program,
so it should be pretty easy even on non-Linux platforms. And on Linux,
most distributions package it, so you just have to do something like
yum install asciidoc
to get it (replace with apt-get/zypper/whatever).
Asciidoc can generate other output too (man-pages, LaTeX, etc), maybe
people want to play with that part too.
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-01-01 23:12:28 +00:00
:icons:
2015-10-27 12:39:59 +00:00
:toc2:
2013-12-06 18:09:55 +00:00
:toc-placement: manual
First try at converting user-manual to AsciiDoc
You can do "make doc" in the main directory to create the html version,
and if you want to play around with it, do "make show" in the
Documentation subdirectory to start firefox on the end result.
It's by no means perfect, but it gives somewhat reasonable results, and
this is enough initial work for people to play around with, I think.
NOTE! You need "asciidoc" installed to do this: it's a python program,
so it should be pretty easy even on non-Linux platforms. And on Linux,
most distributions package it, so you just have to do something like
yum install asciidoc
to get it (replace with apt-get/zypper/whatever).
Asciidoc can generate other output too (man-pages, LaTeX, etc), maybe
people want to play with that part too.
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-01-01 23:12:28 +00:00
:numbered:
2014-11-18 13:12:40 +00:00
// :website: http://subsurface-divelog.org
2013-12-06 18:09:55 +00:00
2014-12-21 06:01:27 +00:00
image::images/Subsurface4Banner.jpg["Banner",align="center"]
2013-12-06 18:09:55 +00:00
[big]#USER MANUAL#
2014-02-22 16:52:43 +00:00
*Manual authors*: Willem Ferguson, Jacco van Koll, Dirk Hohndel, Reinout Hoornweg,
2014-12-14 15:11:23 +00:00
Linus Torvalds, Miika Turkia, Amit Chaudhuri, Jan Schubert, Salvador Cuñat, Pedro Neves
2013-12-06 18:09:55 +00:00
2015-09-21 00:23:09 +00:00
[blue]#_Version 4.5, October 2015_#
2011-12-12 20:03:04 +00:00
2013-12-06 18:09:55 +00:00
2014-07-30 04:26:04 +00:00
Welcome as a user of _Subsurface_, an advanced dive logging program with
2015-11-06 17:52:30 +00:00
extensive infrastructure to describe, organize, interpret and print scuba
2014-07-30 04:26:04 +00:00
and free dives. _Subsurface_ offers many advantages over other similar
2014-03-17 08:53:30 +00:00
software solutions:
2014-12-07 12:23:38 +00:00
- Do you need a flexible way of logging dives using recreational equipment,
2015-11-06 17:52:30 +00:00
even without a dive computer?
2014-03-17 08:53:30 +00:00
- Do you use two different dive computer brands, each with its own proprietary
software for downloading dive logs? Do you dive with rebreathers as well
2014-12-07 12:23:38 +00:00
as open circuit or recreational equipment? Do you use a Reefnet Sensus time-depth
2015-11-06 17:52:30 +00:00
recorder along with a dive computer? _Subsurface_ offers a standard
interface for downloading dive logs from all of these different pieces of
equipment, storing and analyzing the dive logs within a unified system.
2014-03-17 08:53:30 +00:00
- Do you use more than one operating system? _Subsurface_ is fully compatible
2015-11-06 17:52:30 +00:00
with Mac, Linux and Windows, letting you access your dive log on each
operating system using a single application.
- Do you use Linux or Mac, but your dive computer has only Windows- based software
2014-03-17 08:53:30 +00:00
for downloading dive information (e.g. Mares)? _Subsurface_ provides a way of
2015-11-06 17:52:30 +00:00
downloading and analyzing your dive logs on other operating systems.
- Do you need an intuitive graphical dive planner that integrates with, and takes
into account, dives you’ ve already logged?
- Do you need a way of storing or backing up your dive log on the Internet, letting
you view your dive log from anywhere using an Internet browser?
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
_Subsurface_ binaries are available for Windows PCs (Win XP or later), Intel
based Macs (OS/X) and many Linux distributions. _Subsurface_ can be built for
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
many more hardware platforms and software environments where Qt and
libdivecomputer are available.
2013-12-12 16:15:11 +00:00
2015-11-06 17:52:30 +00:00
This manual explains how to use the _Subsurface_ program. To install
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
the software, consult the _Downloads_ page on the
2014-11-18 13:12:40 +00:00
http://subsurface-divelog.org/[_Subsurface_ web site].
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
Please discuss issues with this program by sending an email to
2014-11-18 13:12:40 +00:00
mailto:subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org[our mailing list] and report bugs at
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
http://trac.hohndel.org[our bugtracker]. For instructions on how to build the
software and (if needed) its dependencies please consult the INSTALL file
included with the source code.
2013-12-02 06:46:38 +00:00
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
*Audience*: Recreational Scuba Divers, Free Divers, Tec Divers, Professional
2014-01-04 19:53:57 +00:00
Divers
2011-12-12 20:03:04 +00:00
2013-12-06 18:09:55 +00:00
toc::[]
2015-10-19 15:45:53 +00:00
2015-01-27 17:51:47 +00:00
Using this manual
-----------------
2015-10-19 15:45:53 +00:00
When opened from within _Subsurface_, this manual does not have external controls for
paging or selecting previous pages. However, two facilities are provided:
- The _SEARCH_ function is activated by pressing control-F or command-F on
2015-10-27 12:39:59 +00:00
the keyboard. A text box appears at the bottom right-hand of the window (see image below).
2015-11-06 17:52:30 +00:00
For instance, typing the word "_weights_" into the search text
box, searches throughout the user manual. To the right of the
search text box are two arrows pointing up and down. These find
the previous and the next occurrence of the search term.
2016-06-16 14:19:58 +00:00
image::images/UserManualSearch.jpg["User manual functions",align="center"]
2015-01-27 17:51:47 +00:00
2015-10-19 15:45:53 +00:00
2015-11-06 17:52:30 +00:00
- _PREVIOUS/NEXT LINK_. Move between links (underlined words that
jump to specific sections in the user manual) by right-clicking on the text of the manual.
2016-06-16 14:19:58 +00:00
This brings up a context menu to PREVIOUS links selected.
(see image below). For instance if a link has been selected, then the option
to _Go Back_ shows the text at the previous link selected
2015-11-06 17:52:30 +00:00
(similar to the Previous Page button in a browser). Conversely the _Go Forward_ option
jumps to the
text seen before selecting the _Go Back_ option. The _Reload_
option reloads the complete user manual into the window.
2016-06-16 14:19:58 +00:00
image::images/UserManualLinksBack.jpg["User manual functions",align="center"]
2015-10-19 15:45:53 +00:00
[[S_UserSurvey]]
2014-08-02 19:32:01 +00:00
The user survey
---------------
2015-11-06 17:52:30 +00:00
In order to develop _Subsurface_ to serve its users in the best possible way,
it’ s important to have user information. Upon launching _Subsurface_
and using the software for a week or so, a one-box user survey pops up. It is entirely
2014-08-02 19:32:01 +00:00
optional and the user controls what, if any, data are sent to the _Subsurface_ development
2015-11-06 17:52:30 +00:00
team. All data the user sends is useful, and will only be
used to steer future development and to customize the software to fit the needs of
the _Subsurface_ users. If you complete the survey, or click the option not to
be asked again, that should be the last communication of this type you receive.
However, if your diving and/or subsurface habits change and you wish to fill in
another survey, just launch _Subsurface_ with the _--survey_ option on the command line.
2014-08-02 19:32:01 +00:00
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
[[S_StartUsing]]
Start Using the Program
-----------------------
2011-12-12 20:03:04 +00:00
2014-03-17 08:53:30 +00:00
The _Subsurface_ window is usually divided into four panels with a *Main
2015-04-25 14:56:55 +00:00
Menu* (File Import Log View Help) at the top of the window (for Windows
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
and Linux) or the top of the screen (for Mac and Ubuntu Unity). The four panels are:
2013-05-13 17:48:20 +00:00
2015-11-06 17:52:30 +00:00
1. The *Dive List* on the bottom left, showing all the dives in the
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
user's
dive log. A dive can be selected and highlighted on the dive list by clicking on
2014-03-17 08:53:30 +00:00
it. In most situations the up/down keys can be used to switch
2014-07-29 22:54:48 +00:00
between dives. The *Dive List* is an important tool for manipulating a dive log.
2013-05-16 05:22:20 +00:00
2015-11-06 17:52:30 +00:00
2. The *Dive Map* on the bottom right, showing the user's dive sites on a world map
and centered on the site of the last dive selected in the *Dive List*.
2013-05-13 17:48:20 +00:00
2015-11-06 17:52:30 +00:00
3. The *Info* on the top left, giving more detailed information on the
2014-03-17 08:53:30 +00:00
dive selected in the *Dive List*, including some statistics for the selected dive or for all
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
highlighted dive(s).
2013-05-13 17:48:20 +00:00
2015-11-06 17:52:30 +00:00
4. The *Dive Profile* on the top right, showing a graphical dive profile of the
2014-03-17 08:53:30 +00:00
selected dive in the *Dive List*.
2013-02-16 23:31:07 +00:00
2015-11-06 17:52:30 +00:00
The dividers between panels can be dragged to change the size of any of
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
the panels. _Subsurface_ remembers the position of the dividers, so the next
2015-11-06 17:52:30 +00:00
time _Subsurface_ starts it uses the positions of the dividers from the last time the program was used.
2013-12-12 16:32:31 +00:00
2015-09-16 14:00:22 +00:00
If a single dive is selected in the *Dive List*, the dive location, detailed information
2014-03-17 08:53:30 +00:00
and profile of
2015-11-06 17:52:30 +00:00
the _selected dive_ are shown in the respective panels. If
2015-09-16 14:00:22 +00:00
several dives are selected, the last highlighted dive is the _selected
2015-11-06 17:52:30 +00:00
dive_, but summary data of all _highlighted dives_ is shown in the *Stats* tab
2015-02-14 17:16:21 +00:00
of the *Info* panel (maximum, minimum and average depths, durations, water
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
temperatures and SAC; total time and number of dives selected).
2011-12-12 20:03:04 +00:00
2013-12-09 20:04:41 +00:00
[[S_ViewPanels]]
2011-12-14 03:55:26 +00:00
2015-09-08 10:47:56 +00:00
image::images/main_window_f22.jpg["The Main Window",align="center"]
2011-12-12 20:18:32 +00:00
2015-11-06 17:52:30 +00:00
The user decides which of the four panels are displayed by selecting the
*View* option on the main menu. This feature has several choices of display:
2011-12-12 20:03:04 +00:00
2013-12-12 16:32:31 +00:00
*All*: show all four of the panels as in the screenshot above.
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
2013-12-12 16:32:31 +00:00
*Divelist*: Show only the Dive List.
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
2013-12-12 16:32:31 +00:00
*Profile*: Show only the Dive Profile of the selected dive.
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
2015-02-14 17:16:21 +00:00
*Info*: Show only the Notes about the last selected dive and statistics for
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
all highlighted dives.
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
2015-11-06 17:52:30 +00:00
*Globe*: Show only the world map, centered on the last selected dive.
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
2015-11-06 17:52:30 +00:00
Like other functions that can be accessed via the Main Menu, these options
can also be triggered using keyboard shortcuts. The shortcuts for a particular system
2014-03-17 08:53:30 +00:00
are shown with an underline in the main menu entries. Since different Operating
2015-11-06 17:52:30 +00:00
Systems and the user’ s chosen language may cause _Subsurface_ to use different
shortcut keys, they are not listed in this user manual.
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
2015-11-06 17:52:30 +00:00
When the program is started for the first time, it shows no
information at all, because it does not have any dive information available. In the
following sections, the procedures to create a new logbook will be explained.
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
[[S_NewLogbook]]
2013-12-05 18:52:33 +00:00
Creating a new logbook
----------------------
2015-01-27 17:51:47 +00:00
Select _File -> New Logbook_ from the main menu. All existing dive data are
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
cleared so new information can be added. If there are unsaved data in an
2014-03-17 08:53:30 +00:00
open logbook, the user is asked whether the open logbook should be
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
saved before a new logbook is created.
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
[[S_GetInformation]]
2014-12-14 15:11:23 +00:00
== Storing dive information in the logbook
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
Now that a new logbook is created, it is simple to add dive data it.
_Subsurface_ allows several ways of adding dive data to a logbook.
2014-12-16 13:29:08 +00:00
1) If the user has a handwritten divelog, a spreadsheet or another form of
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
manually maintained divelog, dive data can be added to the logbook using
one of these approaches:
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
- Enter dive information by hand. This is useful if the diver didn’ t
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
use a dive computer and dives were recorded in a written logbook. See:
xref:S_EnterData[Entering dive information by hand]
2014-12-14 15:11:23 +00:00
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
- Import dive log information that has been maintained either as a spreadsheet
2015-01-27 17:51:47 +00:00
or as a CSV file. Refer to: xref:S_Appendix_D[APPENDIX D: Exporting a spreadsheet to CSV format] and
to xref:S_ImportingCSVDives[Importing dives in CSV format].
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
2) If a dive is recorded using a dive computer, the depth profile
and a large amount of additional information can be accessed.
These dives can be imported from:
2015-10-13 15:39:07 +00:00
- The dive computer itself. See: xref:S_ImportDiveComputer[Importing new dive information from a Dive Computer] or
2014-12-16 13:29:08 +00:00
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
- Proprietary software distributed by manufacturers of dive computers. Refer
to: xref:S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs[Importing dive information from other digital data sources or other data formats].
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
- Spreadsheet or CSV files containing dive profiles.
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
See: xref:S_ImportingCSVDives[Importing dives in CSV format from dive computers or other dive log software]
2014-12-14 15:11:23 +00:00
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
[[S_EnterData]]
2013-12-05 18:52:33 +00:00
=== Entering dive information by hand
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
This is usually the approach for dives without a dive computer. The basic record
of information within _Subsurface_ is a dive. The most important information
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
in a simple dive logbook usually includes dive type, date, time, duration,
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
depth, the names of your dive buddy and the dive master or dive guide, and
some remarks about the dive. _Subsurface_ can store much more
information for each dive. To add a dive to a dive log, select _Log
-> Add Dive_ from the Main Menu. The program then shows three panels
on which to enter
2015-02-14 17:16:21 +00:00
information for a dive: two tabs in the *Info* panel (*Notes* and
2014-07-30 21:08:00 +00:00
*Equipment*), as well as the *Dive Profile* panel that displays a graphical profile
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
of each dive. These panels are respectively marked [red]#A#, [red]#B# and
[red]#C#
in the figure below. Each of these tabs will now be explained for data entry.
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
2015-09-08 10:47:56 +00:00
image::images/AddDive1_f22.jpg["FIGURE: Add dive",align="center"]
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
When you edit a field in Notes or Equipment panels, _Subsurface_ enters *Editing Mode*,
2015-09-16 14:00:22 +00:00
indicated by the message in the blue box at the top of the *Notes* panel (see the image below). This message is
2015-02-14 17:16:21 +00:00
displayed in all the panels under Notes and Equipment when in *Editing Mode*.
2014-08-02 04:38:55 +00:00
2015-09-08 10:47:56 +00:00
image::images/BlueEditBar_f22.jpg["Blue edit bar",align="center"]
2014-08-02 04:38:55 +00:00
2015-09-08 10:47:56 +00:00
The _Apply changes_ button should only be selected after all the parts of a dive have been entered.
2014-12-17 18:21:07 +00:00
When entering dives by hand, the _Info_, _Equipment_ and _Profile_ tabs should be completed
2015-09-08 10:47:56 +00:00
before saving the information. By selecting the _Apply changes_ button, a local copy of the information
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
for this specific dive is saved in memory. The _Apply changes_ button should ONLY be selected after all parts
of a dive have been entered. When you close Subsurface, the program will
2014-12-17 18:21:07 +00:00
ask again, this time whether the complete dive log should be saved on disk or not.
2014-08-02 04:38:55 +00:00
2014-04-05 13:54:53 +00:00
[[S_CreateProfile]]
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
==== Creating a Dive Profile
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
The *Dive Profile* (a graphical representation of the depth of the dive as a
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
function of time) is shown in the panel on the top right hand of the
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
_Subsurface_ window. When a dive is manually added to a logbook, _Subsurface_
presents a default dive profile that needs to be modified to best represent the
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
dive described:
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
2014-12-08 07:42:43 +00:00
image::images/DiveProfile1_f20.jpg["FIGURE: Initial dive profile",align="center"]
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
_Modifying the dive profile_: When the cursor is moved around the dive profile,
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
its position is shown by two right-angled red lines as seen below.
2015-09-16 14:00:22 +00:00
The time and depth
represented by the cursor are indicated at the top of the black information box
2014-07-25 08:44:51 +00:00
(@ and D). The units (metric/imperial) on the axes are determined by the
2014-03-23 06:34:54 +00:00
*Preference* settings. The dive profile itself comprises several
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
line segments demarcated by waypoints (white dots on the profile, as shown
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
above). The default dive depth is 15 m.
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
If the dive depth was 20 m then you need to drag the appropriate waypoints
downward to 20 m. To add a waypoint, double-click on
2014-03-23 06:34:54 +00:00
any line segment. To move an additional waypoint, drag it.
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
To remove a waypoint, right-click on it and choose "Remove this point" from the
2015-09-16 14:00:22 +00:00
context menu. Drag the waypoints to represent an
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
accurate
2015-09-16 14:00:22 +00:00
time duration for the dive. Below is a dive profile for a dive
2014-08-04 11:13:38 +00:00
to 20 m for 30 min, followed by a 5 minute safety stop at 5 m.
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
2014-12-08 07:42:43 +00:00
image::images/DiveProfile2_f20.jpg["FIGURE: Edited dive profile",align="center"]
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
_Specifying the gas composition:_ The gas composition used is indicated
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
along the line segments of the dive profile. This defaults to the first gas
mixture specified in the *Equipment* tab, which was air in the case of the
2015-09-16 14:00:22 +00:00
profile above. The gas mixtures of segments of the dive profile can
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
be changed by right-clicking on the particular
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
waypoint and selecting the appropriate gas from the context menu. Changing
the gas for a waypoint affects the gas shown in the segment _to the left_ of
that
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
waypoint. Note that only the gases defined in the *Equipment* tab appear in the
2015-09-16 14:00:22 +00:00
context menu (see image below).
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
2014-12-08 07:42:43 +00:00
image::images/DiveProfile3_f20.jpg["FIGURE: Gas composition context menu",align="center"]
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
With the profile now defined, more details must be added to have
2015-09-08 10:47:56 +00:00
a fuller record of the dive. To do this,
the *Notes* and the *Equipment* tabs on the top left hand of the
_Subsurface_ window should be used. Click on
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
xref:S_Notes_dc[*this link*] for instructions on how to use these tabs.
2013-12-09 20:04:41 +00:00
[[S_ImportDiveComputer]]
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
=== Importing new dive information from a Dive Computer
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
==== Connecting and importing data from a dive computer.
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
The use of dive computers allows the collection of a large amount of
information about
each dive, e.g. a detailed record of depth, duration, rates of ascent/descent
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
and of gas partial pressures. _Subsurface_ can capture this information,
using dive details from a wide range of dive computers. The latest list of supported
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
dive computers can be found at:
2014-11-18 13:12:40 +00:00
link:http://subsurface-divelog.org/documentation/supported-dive-computers/[
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
Supported dive computers].
2011-12-12 20:18:32 +00:00
2013-12-02 06:46:38 +00:00
[icon="images/icons/warning2.png"]
[WARNING]
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
Several dive computers consume more power when they are in
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
PC-Communication mode. **This could drain the dive computer's battery**. We
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
recommend the user checks to be sure the dive computer is charged when
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
connected to the USB port of a PC. For example, several Suunto and Mares dive
2014-03-23 06:34:54 +00:00
computers do not recharge through the USB connection. Users should refer to
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
the dive computer's manual
2014-03-23 06:34:54 +00:00
if they are unsure whether the dive computer recharges its batteries
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
while connected to the USB port.
To import dive information from a dive computer to a computer with
_Subsurface_,
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
the two pieces of equipment must communicate with one another.
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
This
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
involves setting up the communications port (or mount point) of the computer
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
with _Subsurface_ that communicates with the dive computer. To set up
this communication, users need to find the appropriate information to
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
instruct
2014-04-29 10:40:59 +00:00
_Subsurface_ where and how to import the dive information.
xref:_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer[Appendix A]
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
provides the technical information to help the user achieve this for different
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
operating
2014-04-29 10:40:59 +00:00
systems and
xref:_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information[Appendix B]
has dive computer specific information.
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
After this, the dive computer can be hooked up to the user's PC using these steps:
2015-11-28 21:01:47 +00:00
2014-06-30 04:01:58 +00:00
1. The interface cable should be connected to a free USB port (or the Infra-red
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
or Bluetooth connection set up as described later in this manual)
2011-12-14 04:15:19 +00:00
2014-04-29 10:40:59 +00:00
2. The dive computer should be placed into PC Communication mode.
2015-09-16 14:00:22 +00:00
(Refer to the manual of the specific dive computer)
2013-05-13 18:22:41 +00:00
2015-09-16 14:00:22 +00:00
3. In _Subsurface_, from the Main Menu, select _Import -> Import
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
From Dive Computer_.
Dialogue *A* in the figure below appears:
2011-12-14 04:15:19 +00:00
2015-01-27 17:51:47 +00:00
image::images/DC_import_f20.jpg["FIGURE: Download dialogue 1",align="center"]
2011-12-14 04:15:19 +00:00
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
Dive computers tend to keep a certain number of dives in memory, even
2015-01-27 17:51:47 +00:00
though these dives have already been imported to _Subsurface_. For that reason, if
2015-10-13 15:39:07 +00:00
the dive computer allows this,
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
_Subsurface_ only imports dives that have not been uploaded before. This makes
the download process faster on most dive computers and also saves battery power
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
of the dive computer (at least for those not charging while connected via USB).
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
- The dialogue has two drop-down lists, *Vendor* and *Dive Computer*. On the
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
*vendor* drop-down list select the make of the computer, e.g.
Suunto, Oceanic,
Uwatec, Mares. On the *Dive Computer* drop-down list, the model name of
the dive computer must be selected, e.g. D4 (Suunto), Veo200 (Oceanic), or Puck
(Mares).
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
- The *Device or Mount Point* drop-down list contains the USB or Bluetooth port
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
name that _Subsurface_ needs in order to communicate with the dive computer.
The appropriate port name must be selected. Consult
xref:_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer[Appendix A]
and
xref:_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information[Appendix B]
for technical details on how to find the appropriate port information for a
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
specific dive
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
computer and, in some cases, how to do the correct settings to the operating
system of the computer on which _Subsurface_ is running.
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
2014-02-18 09:26:54 +00:00
- If all the dives on the dive computer need to be downloaded, check the
checkbox _Force download of all dives_. Normally, _Subsurface_ only downloads
dives after the date-time of the last dive in the *Dive List* panel. If one
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
or more of your dives in _Subsurface_ has been accidentally deleted or if there
2014-02-18 09:26:54 +00:00
are older dives that still need to be downloaded from the dive computer, this
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
box needs to be checked. Some dive computers (e.g. Mares Puck) do not provide
2014-02-18 09:26:54 +00:00
a contents list to _Subsurface_ before the download in order to select only new dives.
Consequently, for these dive computers, all dives are downloaded
irrespective of the status of this check box.
- If the checkbox _Always prefer downloaded dives_
has been checked and, during download, dives with identical date-times exist on
the dive computer and on the _Subsurface_
2015-01-27 17:51:47 +00:00
*Dive List* panel, the dive in the _Subsurface_ divelog will be overwritten
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
by the dive record from the computer.
2015-01-27 17:51:47 +00:00
- The checkbox marked _Download into new trip_ ensures that, after upload, the downloaded dives
are grouped together as a new trip(s) in the *Dive List*.
2014-02-18 09:26:54 +00:00
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
- Do *not* check the checkboxes labelled _Save libdivecomputer logfile_ and
_Save libdivecomputer dumpfile_. These are only used as diagnostic tools
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
when there are problems with downloads(see below).
2015-09-16 14:00:22 +00:00
- Then select the _Download_ button.
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
With communication established, you can see how the data are
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
retrieved from the dive computer.
Depending on the make of the dive computer and/or number of recorded dives, this
2015-01-27 17:51:47 +00:00
could take some time. Be patient. The _Download_ dialogue
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
shows a
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
progress bar at the bottom of the dialogue. Remember for some dive computers
progress information could be inaccurate since the program doesn’ t know how much
downloadable data there is until the download is complete. After successful download, Dialogue *B*
2015-09-16 14:00:22 +00:00
in the figure above appears.
2015-10-13 15:39:07 +00:00
After the dives have been downloaded, they appear in a tabular format on the right-hand
2015-09-16 14:00:22 +00:00
side of the dialogue (see image *B*, above). Each dive comprises a row in the table, with the date, duration
and depth shown. Next to each dive is a checkbox: check all the dives that need to
2015-10-09 20:08:23 +00:00
be transferred to the *Dive List*. In the case of the image above, the last six dives are
checked and will be transferred to the *Dive List*. Then
2015-09-16 14:00:22 +00:00
click the _OK_ button at the bottom of the dialogue. All the imported dives appear
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
in the *Dive List*, sorted by date and time. Disconnect and
switch off the dive
computer to conserve its battery power.
2014-01-29 06:04:49 +00:00
2011-12-12 20:18:32 +00:00
2015-01-27 17:51:47 +00:00
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
Then click the OK button.
2015-10-09 20:08:23 +00:00
The checked dives are transferred to the *Dive List*.
2015-01-27 17:51:47 +00:00
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
- If there is a problem in communicating with the dive computer, an error
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
message will be shown, similar to this text: "Unable to open /dev/ttyUSB0 Mares
(Puck Pro)". Refer to the text in the box below.
2013-12-06 18:09:55 +00:00
2013-12-25 11:59:56 +00:00
****
2014-02-18 09:26:54 +00:00
*PROBLEMS WITH DATA DOWNLOAD FROM A DIVE COMPUTER?*
2013-12-06 18:09:55 +00:00
[icon="images/icons/important.png"]
[IMPORTANT]
2014-04-29 10:40:59 +00:00
Check the following:
- Is the dive computer still in PC-communication or
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
Upload mode?
2014-04-29 10:40:59 +00:00
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
- Is the dive computer’ s battery fully charged? If not then charge or replace it.
2014-04-29 10:40:59 +00:00
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
- Is the connecting cable faulty? Does the cable work using other
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
software? Has it worked before, or is this the first time the cable is being used? Are the contacts
on the dive computer and the cable clean?
2014-04-29 10:40:59 +00:00
- Consult
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
xref:_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer[Appendix A]
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
to be sure the correct Mount Point
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
was specified (see above).
2014-04-29 10:40:59 +00:00
- On Unix-like operating systems, does the user have write permission to the
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
USB port? If not, consult
xref:_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer[Appendix A]
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
If the _Subsurface_ computer does not recognize the USB adaptor by
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
showing an appropriate device name next to the Mount Point, then there is a
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
possibility the cable or USB adaptor is faulty. A faulty cable is the most
common cause of communication failure between a dive computer and _Subsurface_
computer. It’ s also possible the _Subsurface_ computer cannot interpret
2014-02-18 09:26:54 +00:00
the data. Perform a download for diagnostic purposes with the following
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
two boxes checked in the download dialogue discussed above:
2013-12-25 11:59:56 +00:00
Save libdivecomputer logfile
Save libdivecomputer dumpfile
2014-03-25 04:27:30 +00:00
*Important*: These check boxes are only used when problems are encountered
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
during the download process. Under normal circumstances they should not be checked.
When checking these boxes, the user is prompted to select a folder where the information will be saved. The default folder is the one in which the
_Subsurface_
2014-03-25 04:27:30 +00:00
dive log is kept.
2014-03-23 06:34:54 +00:00
*Important:* _After downloading with the above checkboxes
checked, no dives are added to the
*Dive List* but two files are created in the folder selected above_:
2013-12-25 11:59:56 +00:00
subsurface.log
subsurface.bin
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
These files should be send to the _Subsurface_ mail list:
2014-11-18 13:12:40 +00:00
_subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org_ with a
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
request for the files to be analyzed. Provide the dive computer
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
make and model
as well as contextual information about the dives recorded on the dive computer.
2013-12-25 11:59:56 +00:00
****
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
2015-09-23 02:01:48 +00:00
[[S_Bluetooth]]
==== Connecting _Subsurface_ to a Bluetooth-enabled dive computer
[icon="images/icons/bluetooth.jpg"]
2015-09-27 02:15:05 +00:00
Bluetooth is becoming a more common way of communication between dive computers
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
and _Subsurface_, for or instance, the Shearwater Petrel
2015-09-24 23:47:35 +00:00
Mk2 and the OSTC Mk3. _Subsurface_ provides a largely operating system independent
Bluetooth interface. Setting up _Subsurface_ for Bluetooth communication requires
four steps:
2015-09-23 02:01:48 +00:00
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
- Be sure Bluetooth is activated on the host computer running _Subsurface_.
- Be sure _Subsurface_ sees the Bluetooth adapter on the host computer.
- Be sure the Bluetooth-enabled dive computer is Bluetooth-discoverable and in PC upload mode.
- Be sure _Subsurface_ is paired with the Bluetooth-enabled dive computer.
2015-09-23 02:01:48 +00:00
2015-09-27 02:15:05 +00:00
Select the Download dialogue by selecting
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
_Import -> Import from dive computer_ from the *Main Menu*. If you check the
box labelled _"Choose Bluetooth download mode"_, the dialogue below appears.
2016-06-19 12:34:38 +00:00
2015-09-24 23:47:35 +00:00
===== On Linux or MacOS:
2015-09-23 02:01:48 +00:00
image::images/DC_import_Bluetooth.jpg["FIGURE: Download Bluetooth",align="center"]
2015-09-27 02:15:05 +00:00
On the _Linux_ or _MacOS_ platforms the name
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
of the _Subsurface_ computer and its Bluetooth address are shown on the right hand side,
On the left hand side, if the
2015-09-27 02:15:05 +00:00
computer has connected more than one local Bluetooth devices the user can use
the list box to indicate which one needs to connect to _Subsurface_.
The power state (on/off) of the Bluetooth adapter is shown below
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
the address and can be changed by checking the _Turn on/off_ box.
2015-09-23 02:01:48 +00:00
If the Bluetooth address is not shown, then _Subsurface_ does not see the local
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
Bluetooth device. Be sure the Bluetooth driver is installed correctly on the
2015-09-27 02:15:05 +00:00
_Subsurface_ computer and check if it can be used by other Bluetooth utilities like
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
_bluetoothctl_ or _bluemoon_. This finishes the first two steps above.
Be sure the Bluetooth-enabled dive computer is in PC-upload mode and it
2015-09-24 23:47:35 +00:00
is discoverable by other Bluetooth devices. Consult the manual of the dive
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
computer for more information. Now the third item in the list above has been finished.
2015-09-24 23:47:35 +00:00
Select the _Scan_ button towards the bottom left of the dialogue above. After
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
searching, the dive computer should be listed
2015-09-24 23:47:35 +00:00
(perhaps as one of a number of Bluetooth devices) in the main list box on the
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
lefthand side of the dialogue (see image above). If this does not work, select
the _Clear_ button, then scan again for Bluetooth devices using the _Scan_
button. After taking these actions _Subsurface_ should see the dive computer.
2015-09-24 23:47:35 +00:00
The label of the discovered dive computer contains the name of the device, its
address and its pairing status. If the device is not paired and has a red
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
background color, a context menu can be opened by selecting the item with a
2015-09-27 02:15:05 +00:00
right-click.
2015-10-27 12:39:59 +00:00
Select the the _Pair_ option and wait for the task to complete. If this dive computer
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
is being paired to Subsurface for the first time, it’ s possible Subsurface will
2015-10-27 12:39:59 +00:00
request a Pass Code or PIN number. The most commonly-used Pass Code is 0000,
and this works for the Shearwater Petrel. If necessary, consult the user manual of the
dive computer being used.
2015-09-24 23:47:35 +00:00
****
[icon="images/icons/important.png"]
[IMPORTANT]
2015-09-27 02:15:05 +00:00
Currently _Subsurface_ does not support Bluetooth pairing with dive
computers that require a custom PIN code. In order to pair the devices, use other
2015-10-09 20:08:23 +00:00
OS utilities as suggested below.
2015-09-24 23:47:35 +00:00
2015-09-27 02:15:05 +00:00
One way to achieve this is to use +bluetoothctl+:
2015-09-24 23:47:35 +00:00
$ bluetoothctl
[bluetooth]# agent KeyboardOnly
Agent registered
[bluetooth]# default-agent
Default agent request successful
[bluetooth]# pair 00:80:25:49:6C:E3
Attempting to pair with 00:80:25:49:6C:E3
[CHG] Device 00:80:25:49:6C:E3 Connected: yes
Request PIN code
[agent] Enter PIN code: 0000
****
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
After the devices are paired, press the _Save_ button of the dialogue.
2015-09-24 23:47:35 +00:00
This closes the Bluetooth dialogue. Now select _Download_ in the _Download from
dive computer_ dialogue which should still be open. The downloaded dives are
shown on the righthand side of the download dialogue.
===== On Windows:
image::images/DC_import_Bluetooth_Windows.png["FIGURE: Download Bluetooth on Windows",align="center"]
2015-10-12 19:33:57 +00:00
2015-10-27 12:39:59 +00:00
On _Windows_ platforms the _Local Bluetooth device details section_ on the right is not displayed as
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
is the case on the Linux/Mac systems.
To start a scan (by pressing the _Scan_ button)
2015-10-27 12:39:59 +00:00
check that the Bluetooth device on the _Subsurface_ computer is turned on by selecting
the dive computer from the list of available Bluetooth devices (see image above). If the dive computer
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
is being accessed by Subsurface for the first time, it’ s possible Subsurface will
request a Pass Code or PIN number. Supply the Pass Code recommended in the user manual of the dive computer.
A Pass Code or PIN of 0000 is often the default.
2015-09-24 23:47:35 +00:00
2015-09-27 02:15:05 +00:00
The pairing step is checked and done automatically during
the download process. If the devices have never been paired the system will ask
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
for your permission and put a message on the right side of the screen: _Add a
2015-10-13 15:39:07 +00:00
device, Tap to set up your DC device_. Always allow this pairing. After a
2015-09-27 02:15:05 +00:00
discovered item is selected, select the _Save_ button.
Finally select the _Download_ button on the _Download_ dialogue and wait for the process to complete.
2015-09-24 23:47:35 +00:00
[icon="images/icons/important.png"]
[IMPORTANT]
2015-10-27 12:39:59 +00:00
Currently _Subsurface_ works only with local Bluetooth
2015-09-24 23:47:35 +00:00
adapters which use Microsoft Bluetooth Stack. If the local device uses
2015-10-27 12:39:59 +00:00
_Widcomm_, _Stonestreet One Bluetopia Bluetooth_ or _BlueSoleil_ drivers it
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
will not work. However, Bluetooth hardware/dongles from these manufacturers
2015-10-27 12:39:59 +00:00
(e.g. iSonic) that support the Microsoft Bluetooth Stack do work.
2015-09-24 23:47:35 +00:00
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
A log message on the bottom left of the _Remote Bluetooth device selection_
2015-09-27 02:15:05 +00:00
shows details about the current status of the Bluetooth agent. To
select another dive computer for download using the "Remote Bluetooth selection dialogue"
2015-09-24 23:47:35 +00:00
press the three-dots button from the _"Choose Bluetooth download mode"_ option.
[icon="images/icons/important.png"]
[IMPORTANT]
2015-09-23 02:01:48 +00:00
2015-09-27 02:15:05 +00:00
*IN CASE OF PROBLEMS*: If the Bluetooth adapter from the _Subsurface_ computer
gets stuck and the _Download_ process fails repeatedly,
_unpair_ the devices and then repeat the above steps. If this is not successful,
xref:S_HowFindBluetoothDeviceName[_Appendix A_] contains
2015-09-24 14:14:29 +00:00
information for manually setting up and inspecting the Bluetooth connection
with _Subsurface_.
2015-09-23 02:01:48 +00:00
2014-06-29 16:15:56 +00:00
[[S_DeviceNames]]
==== Changing the name of a dive computer
It may be necessary to distinguish between different dive computers used to
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
upload dive logs to _Subsurface_. For instance if a buddy’ s dive computer is the
same make and model as your own and dive logs are uploaded from both dive computers
2014-06-29 16:15:56 +00:00
to the same _Subsurface_ computer, then
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
you might like to call one "Alice's Suunto D4" and the other
"Bob's Suunto D4". Alternatively, consider a technical diver who dives with two or more
2014-06-29 16:15:56 +00:00
dive computers of the same model, the logs of both (or all) being uploaded.
In this case it might be prudent to call one of them
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
"Suunto D4 (1)" and another "Suunto D4 (2)". This is easily done in _Subsurface_.
On the *Main Menu*, select _Log -> Edit device names_. A dialog box opens, showing the
2014-06-29 16:15:56 +00:00
current Model, ID and Nickname of the dive computers used for upload. Edit the Nickname
field for the appropriate dive computer. After saving the Nickname, the dive logs
show the nickname for that particular device instead of the model name,
allowing easy identification of devices.
2012-10-23 03:53:04 +00:00
2013-12-02 06:46:38 +00:00
[[S_EditDiveInfo]]
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
==== Updating the dive information imported from the dive computer.
2013-02-17 06:21:47 +00:00
2015-01-27 17:51:47 +00:00
With the uploaded dives in the *Dive List*, the information from the dive
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
computer is not complete and more details must be added to have
a full record of the dives. To do this,
2015-02-14 17:16:21 +00:00
the *Notes* and the *Equipment* tabs on the top left hand of the
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
_Subsurface_ window should be used.
2013-02-17 06:21:47 +00:00
2015-09-08 10:47:56 +00:00
[[S_Notes_dc]]
2015-09-17 02:37:29 +00:00
===== Notes
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
To have a more complete dive record, the user needs to add
2015-09-17 02:37:29 +00:00
additional information by hand. The procedure
below is virtually identical for hand-entered dives and for dives downloaded from a dive computer.
2015-09-08 10:47:56 +00:00
In some cases,
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
you must provide the date and time of the dive, for example when entering a dive by hand or when a
dive computer doesn’ t provide the date and time of the dive.
2015-09-17 02:37:29 +00:00
(Usually the date and time of the dive, gas mixture and water temperature are
2015-09-08 10:47:56 +00:00
shown as obtained from the dive computer)
If the contents of the *Notes tab* is changed or edited in any way, the message in a blue box at
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
the top of the panel shows the dive is being edited. If you
click on the *Notes* tab, the following fields are
2015-09-08 10:47:56 +00:00
visible (left hand image, below):
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
2015-09-08 10:47:56 +00:00
image::images/AddDive3_f22.jpg["FIGURE: The Notes tab",align="center"]
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
2015-09-08 10:47:56 +00:00
The right hand image, above, shows a *Notes tab* filled with dive information.
2014-07-30 08:04:42 +00:00
The *Time* field reflects the date and time of the dive. By clicking
2014-06-29 16:15:56 +00:00
the date, a calendar is displayed from which
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
you can choose the correct date. Press ESC to close the calendar.
2014-06-29 16:15:56 +00:00
The time values (hour and minutes) can also be
2015-10-13 15:39:07 +00:00
edited directly by clicking on each of them in the text box and by over-typing the
2014-06-29 16:15:56 +00:00
information displayed.
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
*Air/water temperatures*: Air and water temperatures during the dive are shown
2015-09-17 02:37:29 +00:00
in text boxes to the right of the Start time. Many dive computers supply water
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
temperature information and this box may have information.
If air temperature isn’ t provided by the dive computer, the first temperature reading
might be used for the air temperature. Generally this is close to the real air temperature.
2014-08-02 06:07:57 +00:00
If editing is required, only a value is required, the units of temperature will be
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
automatically supplied by
2015-09-17 02:37:29 +00:00
_Subsurface_ (following the _Preferences_, metric or imperial units will
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
be used).
2016-06-19 12:34:38 +00:00
[[S_locations]]
2015-10-12 19:33:57 +00:00
*Location*:
[icon="images/icons/warning2.png"]
[WARNING]
Dive locations are managed as a *separate* part of the dive log.
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
The dive information in the *Notes* and *Equipment* tabs can therefore NOT be edited at the same
2015-10-12 19:33:57 +00:00
time as the dive site information. Save all the other dive information (e.g.
divemaster, buddy, protective gear, notes about the dive) by selecting _Apply changes_ on the
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
*Notes* tab BEFORE editing the dive site information. Then supply a dive site name in the
2015-10-12 19:33:57 +00:00
textbox labelled _Location_ on the *Notes* tab.
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
Type in the name of the dive site, e.g. "Tihany, Lake Balaton, Hungary".
2015-10-12 19:33:57 +00:00
If several dives are
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
made at the same location, the site information for the first dive is re-used.
Existing dive locations
can be edited by selecting (on the *Dive List* panel) a dive done at that site
and by opening the location information. Click the globe button on the
2015-10-09 20:08:23 +00:00
right of the location name (see image on the right, above). When entering a dive location name, auto location of
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
dive site names makes it easy to select an existing dive site name.
When typing the name of a dive site,
a dropdown list appears showing all sites with similar names. If the dive
2015-09-08 10:47:56 +00:00
site has been used before, click on the already-existing name.
2015-10-12 19:33:57 +00:00
The dive site names in the dropdown list contain either a globe symbol (indicating
existing dive sites in the _Subsurface_ database)
or a *+* symbol (indicating dive site names that appear consistent with the
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
current dive site name but which haven’ t been added to the dive site database).
If the present
2015-09-08 10:47:56 +00:00
dive site has not been used before, a message appears as follows (image *A* below):
image::images/Locations1_f22.jpg["FIGURE:Location description panel",align="center"]
2015-10-12 19:33:57 +00:00
Doubleclick on the new dive site name. A panel appears to enter the coordinates and
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
other information about the site (image *B*, above). The most important
items are the coordinates of the site. There are three ways to specify coordinates:
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
a. Use the world map in the bottom right hand part
2015-10-12 19:33:57 +00:00
of the _Subsurface_ window. The map displays an orange bar indicating "No location
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
data - Move the map and double-click to set the dive location". Doubleclick
at the appropriate place, and the orange bar disappears and the coordinates are
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
stored.
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
b. Use the _Subsurface_ Companion app if you
have an Android or iPhone device with GPS and if the dive site coordinates
were stored using it.
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
xref:S_Companion[Click here for more information]
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
c. Enter by hand if the coordinates are known, using one of
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
four formats with latitude followed by longitude:
2013-12-25 11:59:56 +00:00
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
ISO 6709 Annex D format e.g. 30°13'28.9"N 30°49'1.5"E
Degrees and decimal minutes, e.g. N30° 13.49760' , E30° 49.30788'
2013-12-25 11:59:56 +00:00
Degrees minutes seconds, e.g. N30° 13' 29.8" , E30° 49' 1.5"
Decimal degrees, e.g. 30.22496 , 30.821798
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
Southern hemisphere latitudes are given with a *S*, e.g. S30°, or with a
2015-09-08 10:47:56 +00:00
negative value, e.g. -30.22496. Similarly western longitudes are given with a
*W*, e.g. W07°, or with a negative value, e.g. -7.34323. Some keyboards
don't have the degree sign (°). It can be replaced by a *d* like this: N30d W20d.
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
If both a dive site name and coordinates have been provided, save the
2015-10-12 19:33:57 +00:00
dive site information by selecting the button _Apply changes_ at the top of
the panel.
2013-12-25 11:59:56 +00:00
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
*Important*: GPS coordinates of a dive site are linked to the location
name - so *saving* a dive site with only coordinates and no name
causes problems. (Subsurface will think all of these
2014-07-30 08:04:42 +00:00
dives have the same location and try to keep their GPS coordinates the
same).
2015-10-12 19:33:57 +00:00
*Dive site name lookup:* If coordinates have been typed into the appropriate
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
text box, you can do an automated name lookup based on the coordinates.
This is done when _Subsurface_ uses the Internet to find the name of the dive site
2015-10-12 19:33:57 +00:00
based on the coordinates that were typed. If a name has been found, it is
2015-10-13 15:39:07 +00:00
automatically inserted into the tags box. The list box
2015-10-12 19:33:57 +00:00
(Titled _Dive sites on same coordinates_") at the bottom
of the dive site panel contains the names of other dives sites used at the
current location. For instance if the dive site is "Blue Hole" and there are several
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
sites named "Blue Hole", all of them are listed.
2015-10-12 19:33:57 +00:00
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
Enter any other contextual information about the dive site (Description and Notes),
then select _Apply Changes_ to save the geolocation for this dive site.
The dive site information can later be edited by clicking the globe icon to the right of the
2015-09-08 10:47:56 +00:00
dive site name in the *Notes tab*.
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
*Dive mode*: This is a dropdown box allowing you to choose the type of dive
performed. The options are OC (Open Circuit SCUBA, the default setting, for most recreational dives),
2015-01-27 17:51:47 +00:00
Freedive (dive without SCUBA equipment), CCR (Closed-circuit
rebreather) and pSCR (Passive semi-closed rebreather).
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
*Divemaster*: The name of the divemaster or dive guide should be
2014-03-23 06:34:54 +00:00
entered in this field
2015-09-17 02:37:29 +00:00
which offers auto selection based on the list of dive masters in
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
the current logbook.
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
*Buddy*: In this field, enter the name(s) of the buddy or buddies
(separated with commas) who were on the
2015-09-17 02:37:29 +00:00
dive. Auto selection based on the list of buddies in the current logbook is
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
offered.
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
2015-09-17 02:37:29 +00:00
*Suit*: Here the type of dive suit used can be entered.
Auto selection of the suit description is available.
2014-07-30 08:04:43 +00:00
Some dry-suit users may choose to use this field to record what combination of
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
suit and thermal under suit was used.
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
*Rating*: You can provide a subjective overall rating of the dive on a
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
5-point scale by clicking the appropriate star on the rating scale.
2011-12-12 20:47:42 +00:00
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
*Visibility*: You can provide a rating of visibility during the
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
dive on a
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
5-point scale by clicking the appropriate star.
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
*Tags*: Tags that describe the type of dive done can be entered
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
here (separated by commas). Examples of common tags are boat, drift, training,
cave, etc.
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
_Subsurface_ has many built-in tags. If you starts typing a tag, the
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
program
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
will list the tags that correspond to the typing. For instance, by typing
+cav+, the tags *cave* and *cavern* are shown to choose from.
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
*Notes*: Any additional information for the dive can be entered here.
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
2015-09-17 02:37:29 +00:00
The _Apply changes_ and _Discard changes_ buttons are used to save all the information for tabs
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
in the *Info* panel and in the *Dive Profile* panel. Use them
when *ALL* other information has been added. The image xref:S_Notes_dc[at the beginning of this section]
shows an example of a *Notes tab* after completing the dive information.
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
2015-09-17 02:37:29 +00:00
===== Equipment
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
The Equipment tab lets you enter information about the type of
cylinder and gas used, as well as the weights used for the dive. The
message in the blue box at the top of the panel:
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
2015-09-08 10:47:56 +00:00
image::images/BlueEditBar_f22.jpg["FIGURE: Blue edit bar",align="center"]
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
shows the dive is being edited. This is a highly interactive part of
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
_Subsurface_ and the information on
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
cylinders and gases (entered here) determines the behavior of the *Dive profile*
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
(top right-hand panel).
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
2015-02-05 18:42:21 +00:00
[[cylinder_definitions]]
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
*Cylinders*: The cylinder information is entered through a dialogue that looks
like this:
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
2014-12-09 18:21:14 +00:00
image::images/DC_gas-dialogue1_f20.jpg["FIGURE: Initial cylinder dialogue",align="center"]
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
2015-09-17 02:37:29 +00:00
For hand-entered dives, this information needs to be typed in. For dive computers,
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
_Subsurface_ often gets the gas used from the dive computer and
2015-09-17 02:37:29 +00:00
automatically inserts the gas composition(% oxygen or % helium) in the table. The + button
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
at the top right lets you add more cylinders for this dive. The dark
dust bin icon on the left lets you delete information for a cylinder.
2014-08-02 06:07:57 +00:00
Note that it is not possible to delete a cylinder if it is used during the
dive. A cylinder might be implicitly used in the dive, even without a gas change event.
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
Start by selecting a cylinder type on the left-hand side of the
2015-09-17 02:37:29 +00:00
table. To select a cylinder, the _Type_ box should be clicked. This
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
brings up a list button that can be used to display a dropdown list of
cylinders:
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
2014-12-09 18:21:14 +00:00
image::images/DC_gas-dialogue2_f20.jpg["FIGURE: The cylinder drop-down list button",align="center"]
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
The drop-down list can then be used to select the cylinder type that was used
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
for this dive, or just start typing in the box which shows the available
2014-03-25 04:27:30 +00:00
options for the entered characters. The
2015-09-17 02:37:29 +00:00
*Size* of the cylinder as well as its working pressure (_Work.press_) will
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
automatically be shown in the dialogue.
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
2015-09-17 02:37:29 +00:00
Next, indicate the starting pressure and the ending pressure of the
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
specified gas during the dive. The unit of pressure (metric/imperial)
2014-03-23 06:34:54 +00:00
corresponds to the settings chosen in the _Preferences_.
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
2014-08-06 07:28:33 +00:00
Finally, provide the gas mixture used. If air was used, the
2014-03-23 06:34:54 +00:00
value of 21% can be entered or this field can be left blank. If nitrox or
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
trimix were used, their percentages of oxygen and/or helium should be entered.
Any inappropriate fields should be left empty. After typing the
2015-09-17 02:37:29 +00:00
information for the cylinder, save the data
either by pressing _ENTER_ on the keyboard or by clicking outside the cell
containing
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
the cursor. Information for any additional cylinders can be added by using the +
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
button at the top right hand. The following is an example of a complete description
2014-02-18 09:26:54 +00:00
for a dive using two cylinders (air and EAN50):
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
2014-12-08 07:42:43 +00:00
image::images/CylinderDataEntry3_f20.jpg["FIGURE: a completed cylinder dive information table",align="center"]
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
*Weights*: Information about the weight system used can be entered
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
using a dialogue similar to that of the cylinder information. If you
click
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
the + button on the top right of the weights dialogue, the table looks like
this:
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
2014-12-08 07:42:43 +00:00
image::images/WeightsDataEntry1_f20.jpg["FIGURE:The Weights dialogue",align="center"]
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
2015-09-17 02:37:29 +00:00
By clicking on the _Type_ field, a drop-down list becomes accessible through a
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
down-arrow:
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
2014-12-08 07:42:43 +00:00
image::images/WeightsDataEntry2_f20.jpg["FIGURE:Weights type drop-down list button",align="center"]
2015-09-17 02:37:29 +00:00
This can be used to select the type of weight system
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
used during the dive or just may start typing in the box
2015-09-17 02:37:29 +00:00
to specify a different weighting mechanism that will be saved by _Subsurface_.
2014-03-25 04:27:30 +00:00
In the *Weight*
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
field, type in the amount of weight used during the dive. After
specifying the weight
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
system, save the data by pressing _ENTER_ on the keyboard or by clicking outside the
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
cell with the cursor.
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
It’ s possible to enter information for more than one weight system by adding
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
an additional system
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
using the + button on the top right hand. Weight systems can be deleted using
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
the dust bin icon on the left hand. Here is an example of information for a dive
2014-03-23 06:34:54 +00:00
with two types of weights: integrated as well as a weight belt:
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
2014-12-08 07:42:43 +00:00
image::images/WeightsDataEntry3_f20.jpg["FIGURE: A completed weights information table",align="center"]
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
2014-08-09 17:12:30 +00:00
==== Editing several selected dives simultaneously
2014-09-01 12:37:58 +00:00
_METHOD 1_: After uploading dives from
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
a dive computer, the dive profiles of each is shown in the *Dive profile* tab, as well
2014-08-09 17:12:30 +00:00
as a few items of information
2015-02-14 17:16:21 +00:00
in the *Notes* tab (e.g. water temperature) and in the *Equipment* tab (e.g. gas pressures
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
and gas composition). Other fields remain empty.
2014-08-09 17:12:30 +00:00
It may be useful to simultaneously edit some of the
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
fields in the *Notes* and *Equipment* tabs. For instance, it’ s possible
that a diver performed several dives during a single day, using identical equipment at the same
dive site, or with the same divemaster and/or buddy or tags. Instead
of completing the information for each
dive separately, select all the dives for that day in the *Dive List* and
2015-02-14 17:16:21 +00:00
insert the same information in the *Notes* and *Equipment* fields that need
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
identical information. This is done by editing the dive notes or the equipment for any one
2014-08-09 17:12:30 +00:00
of the selected dives.
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
Simultaneous editing only works with fields that do not already contain information.
This means if some fields have been edited for a particular dive among the selected dives,
2014-08-09 17:12:30 +00:00
these are not changed while
editing the dives simultaneously. Technically, the rule for editing several dives simultaneously is:
if the data field being edited contains _exactly the same information_ for all the dives that have been
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
selected, the new, edited information is substituted for all the selected dives. Otherwise only the
2014-08-09 17:12:30 +00:00
edited dive is
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
changed, even though several dives have been selected in the *Dive List*. This speeds
2014-08-09 17:12:30 +00:00
up the completion of the dive log after several similar dives.
2014-09-01 12:37:58 +00:00
[[S_CopyComponents]]
_METHOD 2_:There is a different way of achieving the same goal. Select a dive with all the appropriate information
2015-02-14 17:16:21 +00:00
typed into the *Notes* and *Equipment* tabs. Then, from the main menu, select _Log -> Copy dive components_.
A box is presented with a selection of check boxes for most of the fields in the *Notes* and *Equipment* tabs.
2014-09-01 12:37:58 +00:00
Select the fields to be copied from the currently selected dive, then select _OK_. Now, in the *Dive List*,
select the dives
2015-01-27 17:51:47 +00:00
into which this information is to be pasted. Then, from the main menu, select _Log -> Paste dive components_.
2014-12-17 18:21:07 +00:00
All the selected dives now contain the data initially selected in the original source dive log.
2014-09-01 12:37:58 +00:00
2014-07-24 19:16:17 +00:00
==== Adding Bookmarks to a dive
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
Many divers wish to annotate dives with text that indicate particular events,
e.g. "Saw dolphins", or "Released surface buoy". This is easily
2014-07-24 19:16:17 +00:00
done:
- Right-click at the appropriate point on the dive profile.
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
This brings up the dive profile context menu. Select _Add bookmark_. A red flag is
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
placed on the dive profile at that point (see *A* below).
2014-07-24 19:16:17 +00:00
- Right-click on the red flag. This brings up the context menu (see *B* below). Select _Edit name_.
- A text box is shown. Type the explanatory text for the bookmark (see *C* below). Select _OK_.
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
This saves the text associated with the bookmark.
2014-07-24 19:16:17 +00:00
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
- Hovering the mouse over the red bookmark, the appropriate text is shown at
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
the bottom of the information box (see *D* below).
2014-07-24 19:16:17 +00:00
image::images/Bookmarks.jpg["FIGURE: Bookmark dialog",align="center"]
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
==== Saving the updated dive information
2015-02-14 17:16:21 +00:00
The information entered in the *Notes* tab and the *Equipment* tab can be
2015-09-08 10:47:56 +00:00
saved by using the
two buttons on the top right hand of the *Notes* tab. If the _Apply changes_ button
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
is clicked,
2015-09-08 10:47:56 +00:00
the dive data are saved in the memory image of the dive. If the _Discard changes_
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
button is clicked, the newly entered dive data are
2015-09-08 10:47:56 +00:00
erased from the computer memory, although the dive profile is
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
retained. When the user exits _Subsurface_ there is a final prompt to confirm
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
the new data should now be saved permanently on the computer disk.
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
2014-02-18 09:26:54 +00:00
=== Importing dive information from other digital data sources or other data formats
2013-12-02 06:46:38 +00:00
[[S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs]]
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
If you’ ve been diving for some time, it’ s possible several dives were
logged using other dive log software. These dive logs can probably be
2014-07-30 08:04:44 +00:00
imported into _Subsurface_. _Subsurface_ will import dive logs from a range of
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
other
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
dive log software. While some software is supported natively, for
others you will need to
export the logbook(s) to an intermediate format so they can then be imported
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
by _Subsurface_.
Currently, _Subsurface_ supports importing CSV log files from several sources.
2014-08-02 06:07:57 +00:00
APD LogViewer, XP5, Sensus and Seabear files are
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
preconfigured, but because the import is flexible, users can configure their own
imports.
2015-09-17 02:37:29 +00:00
Manually kept log files (e.g. a spreadsheet) can also be imported by
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
configuring the CSV import.
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
_Subsurface_ can also import UDDF and UDCF files used by some dive log
2014-06-30 04:01:58 +00:00
software and some dive computers, like the Heinrichs & Weikamp DR5. Finally,
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
for some dive log software like Mares Dive Organizer we currently recommend you
import the logbooks first into a web service like _divelogs.de_ and then import
from there with
_Subsurface_. Divelogs.de supports a few additional logbook formats that
_Subsurface_ currently cannot handle.
2013-12-02 06:46:38 +00:00
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
If the format of other software is supported natively on Subsurface, select
2015-01-27 17:51:47 +00:00
either _Import -> Import log files_ or _File -> Open log file_. _Subsurface_ supports the data formats
2014-08-06 07:28:33 +00:00
of many dive computers, including Suunto and Shearwater. When importing dives, _Subsurface_
tries to detect multiple records for
2013-12-02 06:46:38 +00:00
the same dive and merges the information as best as it can. If
there are no time zone issues (or other reasons that would cause the
2013-12-12 18:38:47 +00:00
beginning time of the dives to be significantly different) _Subsurface_
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
will not create duplicate entries. Below is more specific information
to import data to _Subsurface_.
2014-02-05 10:05:15 +00:00
==== Using the universal import dialogue
2014-02-07 08:47:16 +00:00
[[Unified_import]]
2013-12-02 06:46:38 +00:00
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
Importing dives from other software is done through a universal interface
2015-09-17 02:37:29 +00:00
activated by selecting _Import_ from the Main Menu, then clicking on
_Import Log Files_. This brings up dialogue *A*, below.
2013-12-02 06:46:38 +00:00
2014-12-11 07:04:10 +00:00
image::images/Import1_f20.jpg["FIGURE: Import dialogue: step 1",align="center"]
2013-12-02 06:46:38 +00:00
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
Towards the bottom right is a dropdown selector with a default label
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
of _Dive Log Files_ which accesses different types of direct imports
2014-02-07 08:47:16 +00:00
available, as in dialogue *B*, above. Currently these are:
2014-12-08 16:37:20 +00:00
- XML-formatted dive logs (DivingLog 5.0, MacDive and several other dive log systems)
2015-09-17 02:37:29 +00:00
- Cochran dive logs
2014-03-23 06:34:54 +00:00
- UDDF-formatted dive logs (e.g. Kenozoooid)
2014-02-07 08:47:16 +00:00
- UDCF-formatted dive logs
2014-12-11 07:04:10 +00:00
- Poseidon MkVI CCR logs
2015-09-17 02:37:29 +00:00
- APD Inspiration/Evolution CCR logs
- LiquiVision logs
- divelog.de logs
- OSTC Tools logs
2014-02-07 08:47:16 +00:00
- JDiveLog
- Suunto Dive Manager (DM3 and DM4)
2014-11-16 13:54:30 +00:00
- CSV (text-based and spreadsheet-based) dive logs, including APD CCR logs
2014-02-07 08:47:16 +00:00
2015-09-17 02:37:29 +00:00
Selecting the appropriate format and then the specific log file in the large window
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
containing the file list on the right of the dialogue, opens
the imported dive log in the _Subsurface_ *Dive List*. Some other formats not
2014-02-07 08:47:16 +00:00
accessible through the Import dialogue are also supported, as explained below.
2013-12-02 06:46:38 +00:00
2015-07-27 08:42:25 +00:00
==== Importing from OSTCTools
2015-05-02 08:01:18 +00:00
_OSTC Tools_ is a Microsoft-based suite of dive download and dive management tools for the OSTC
family of dive computers. _OSTC Tools_ downloads dive data from the dive computer and stores it
as a binary file with file extension _.dive_ . Subsurface can directly import these files when using
2015-07-27 08:42:25 +00:00
the universal import dialogue. From the dropdown list at the bottom right select
_OSTCTools Files (.dive .DIVE)_. This makes the _OSTC Tools_ dive logs visible in the file list
panel. Select one or more dive, then click the _Open_ button. The OSTC dives are shown in the
*Dive List* panel.
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
All H&W devices supported by OSTCTools can be imported to _Subsurface_. This includes
2015-07-27 08:42:25 +00:00
OSTC, OSTC Mk2, OSTC 2N/2C, OSTC3, OSTC Sport, and probably although untested, Frog, OSTC2 and
OSTC CR.
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
Please remember that OSTCTools is *not* a true diving log software, but rather a useful set of tools
for analysis and management of OSTC devices. Only raw dive computer data will be
imported to _Subsurface_; you have to manually complete the rest of the
data you want (buddies, equipment, notes, etc).
2015-05-02 08:01:18 +00:00
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
==== Importing from Mares Dive Organizer V2.1
2013-12-05 18:52:33 +00:00
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
Since Mares uses proprietary Windows software not compatible with
2014-02-18 09:26:54 +00:00
multi-platform applications, these dive logs cannot be
directly imported into
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
_Subsurface_. Mares dive logs need to be imported using a three-step process,
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
using _www.divelogs.de_ as a gateway to extract the dive log information.
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
1. Export the dive log data from Mares Dive Organizer to your
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
desktop, using
a _.sdf_ file name extension. Refer to xref:Mares_Export[Appendix C] for more
information.
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
2. Data should then be imported into _www.divelogs.de_. You will first need to create a user
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
account in
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
_www.divelogs.de_. Log into that web site, then
select _Import Logbook -> Dive Organizer from the menu on the left hand side.
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
The instructions must be carefully followed to transfer the dive information
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
(in _.sdf_ format) from the Dive Organizer database to _www.divelogs.de_.
2014-04-29 10:40:59 +00:00
3. Finally, import the dives
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
from _divelogs.de_ to _Subsurface_, using the instructions below.
2013-12-02 06:46:38 +00:00
[[S_ImportingDivelogsDe]]
==== Importing dives from *divelogs.de*
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
Importing dive information from _divelogs.de_ is simple, using a single
2015-01-27 17:51:47 +00:00
dialogue box. The _Import -> Import from Divelogs.de_ option should be selected
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
from the Main Menu. This
2015-09-17 02:37:29 +00:00
brings up a dialogue box (see image *A* below). Enter a
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
user-ID and password for _divelogs.de_ and then
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
select
the _Download_ button. Download from _divelogs.de_ starts immediately,
2014-03-25 04:27:30 +00:00
displaying a progress bar in the dialogue box. At the end of the download, the
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
success status is shown (see image *B*, below). The
2014-02-18 09:26:54 +00:00
_Apply_ button should then be selected, after which the imported dives appear in the
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
_Subsurface_ *Dive List* panel.
2013-12-02 06:46:38 +00:00
2013-12-09 20:04:41 +00:00
image::images/Divelogs1.jpg["FIGURE:Download from Divelogs.de",align="center"]
2013-12-02 06:46:38 +00:00
2014-12-14 15:11:23 +00:00
[[S_ImportingCSVData]]
==== Importing data in CSV format
2015-01-26 16:24:28 +00:00
A comma-separated file (.csv) can be used to import dive information either as dive profiles
(as in the case of the APD Inspiration and Evolution closed circuit rebreathers) or as dive
metadata (in case the user keeps dive data in a spreadsheet). The _CSV_ format is a universal
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
simplified format that allows easy information exchange between different computers or
2015-01-26 16:24:28 +00:00
software packages. For an introduction to CSV-formatted files see xref:S_CSV_Intro[A Diver's
Introduction To CSV Files]. _Subsurface_ dive logs can also be exported in _CSV_ format to
other software that reads this format. See xref:S_Appendix_D[APPENDIX D: Exporting a spreadsheet
to CSV format] for information that may be helpful for importing spreadsheet-based data
into _Subsurface_.
2015-01-05 08:53:25 +00:00
2014-12-14 15:11:23 +00:00
[[S_ImportingCSVDives]]
2014-12-17 18:21:07 +00:00
===== Importing dives in CSV format from dive computers or other dive log software
2013-12-25 11:59:56 +00:00
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
You can view a _CSV_ file by using an ordinary text editor. It’ s normally organized into
2015-01-26 16:24:28 +00:00
a single line that provides the headers (or _field names_ or _column headings_) of the data
columns, followed by the data, one record per line.
2014-12-16 13:29:08 +00:00
2015-01-26 16:24:28 +00:00
There are two types of _CSV_ dive logs that can be imported into _Subsurface_:
1. _CSV dive details_: This dive log format contains similar information to that of a
typical written dive log, e.g. dive date and time, dive depth, dive duration, names of
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
buddy and divemaster and information about cylinder pressures before and
after the dive, as well as comments about the dive. All the data for a single
2015-01-26 16:24:28 +00:00
dive go on a single line of text, following the order of the column headings.
2. _CSV dive profile_: This dive log format includes much more information about a single
dive. For instance there may be information at 30-second intervals, indicating depth, water
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
temperature, and cylinder pressure at that moment in time. Each line contains
2015-01-26 16:24:28 +00:00
the information for a single instant in time during the dive, 30 seconds after that
of the previous instant. Many lines
are required to complete the depth profile information for a single dive. This is a common
export format used by closed-circuit rebreather (CCR) dive equipment and many software
packages that handle dive computer data and/or dive logs.
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
Before being able to import the _CSV_ data to _Subsurface_ *you needs to know a few
2015-01-26 16:24:28 +00:00
things about the data being imported*:
2013-12-25 11:59:56 +00:00
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
a. Which character separates the different columns within a single line of
2015-09-17 02:37:29 +00:00
data? This field separator should be either a comma (,) a semicolon (;) or a TAB character.
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
This can be determined by opening the file with a text editor. If it is
2015-09-17 02:37:29 +00:00
comma-delimited or semicolon-delimited, the comma or semicolon
characters between the values are clearly visible. If these are not evident and
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
the numbers are aligned in columns,
2015-01-26 16:24:28 +00:00
the file is probably TAB-delimited (i.e. it uses a TAB as a field separator).
2013-12-25 11:59:56 +00:00
2015-01-26 16:24:28 +00:00
b. Which data columns need to be imported into _Subsurface_? Is it a _CSV dive details_
file or a _CSV dive profile_ file? Open the file using a text editor and note
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
the titles of the columns to be imported and their column positions.
2013-12-25 11:59:56 +00:00
2015-10-13 15:39:07 +00:00
c. Is the numeric information (e.g. dive depth) in metric or in imperial units?
2013-12-25 11:59:56 +00:00
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
With this information, importing the data into _Subsurface_ is
2014-02-18 09:26:54 +00:00
straightforward. Select
2015-01-26 16:24:28 +00:00
_Import -> Import Log Files_ from the main menu. In the resulting file
selection menu, select _CSV files_ (towards the bottom right). This shows all .CSV files in the selected
directory. Select the file that needs to be imported. A configuration panel
appears as depicted below:
2015-01-27 17:51:47 +00:00
image::images/csv_import1_f20.jpg["FIGURE: CSV download dialogue 1",align="center"]
2015-01-26 16:24:28 +00:00
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
At the top left, there is a dropdown list containing pre- configured
settings for common dive computers and software packages.
If the _CSV_ file being imported originated from any of
these pre-configured items, select it. Otherwise use the _Manual Import_
2015-01-26 16:24:28 +00:00
option. The configuration panel also has dropdown lists for the specification of the appropriate
field separator (Tab, comma or semicolon), the date format used in the _CSV_ file,
the time units (seconds, minutes or minutes:seconds), as well as the unit system
(metric or imperial). Selecting the appropriate options among these is critical for
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
the successful data import.
2015-01-26 16:24:28 +00:00
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
Complete this by ensuring that all the data columns have the appropriate
2015-09-17 02:37:29 +00:00
column headings. The top blue row of the data table contains the column
headings found in the _CSV_ data file. The blue row of balloons immediately above these
contains the names understood by _Subsurface_. These balloons can be moved using a drag-and-drop action. For
2015-01-26 16:24:28 +00:00
instance, _Subsurface_ expects the column heading for Dive number (" # ") to be "Dive # ". If
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
the column heading that _Subsurface_ expects is not in the blue row, drag the
2015-09-17 02:37:29 +00:00
appropriate balloon from the upper area and drop it in the appropriate blue
2015-01-26 16:24:28 +00:00
cell at the top of the table. To indicate the correct column for "Dive #", drag
2015-10-13 15:39:07 +00:00
the ballooned item labelled "Dive # " and drop it in the blue
2015-01-26 16:24:28 +00:00
cell immediately above the white cell containing " # ". This is depicted in
the image below.
2015-01-27 17:51:47 +00:00
image::images/csv_import2_f20.jpg["FIGURE: CSV download dialogue 2",align="center"]
2015-01-26 16:24:28 +00:00
2015-11-12 19:08:44 +00:00
Continue in this way to ensure all the column headings in the blue row of
cells correspond to the headings listed in the top part of the dialogue.
When finished, select the _OK_ button on the bottom right of the dialogue.
2015-01-26 16:24:28 +00:00
The data from the _CSV_ file are imported and shown in the *Dive List* panel.
2014-01-25 07:49:27 +00:00
2014-12-16 13:29:08 +00:00
[[S_CSV_Intro]]
****
2015-01-27 17:51:47 +00:00
*A Diver's Introduction to _CSV_ Files*
2014-12-16 13:29:08 +00:00
[icon="images/icons/important.png"]
[IMPORTANT]
2014-01-25 07:49:27 +00:00
2015-02-10 14:39:17 +00:00
_CSV_ is an abbreviation for a data file format: _Comma-Separated Values_. It is a
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
file format that lets you view or edit information using a text editor like
Notepad (Windows), gedit (Linux) or TextWrangler (OS/X). There are two main advantages of
the _CSV_ format. First, the data are easily editable as text without any proprietary software.
Second, all information is human-readable, not obscured by any custom or
proprietary attributes that proprietary software inserts into files.
2015-01-26 16:24:28 +00:00
Because of its simplicity the _CSV_ format is used
2014-12-16 13:29:08 +00:00
as an interchange format between many software packages, e.g. between
2015-01-26 16:24:28 +00:00
spreadsheet, statistical, graphics, database and diving software. Within _Subsurface_, _CSV_ files can also
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
be used to import information from other sources like spreadsheet-based dive logs and
some dive computers.
2014-12-16 13:29:08 +00:00
2015-01-26 16:24:28 +00:00
_CSV_ files can be created or edited with a normal text editor. The most important attribute of a
_CSV_ file is the _field separator_, the character used to separate fields within a single line. The
2014-12-16 13:29:08 +00:00
field separator is frequently a comma, a colon, a SPACE character or a TAB character. When exporting data from
2015-01-26 16:24:28 +00:00
spreadsheet software, the field separator needs to be specified in order to create the _CSV_ file. _CSV_ files are
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
normally organized into a single line that provides the headers (or _field names_) of the data columns,
2014-12-16 13:29:08 +00:00
followed by the data, one record per line. Note that each field name
may comprise more than one word separated by spaces; for instance _Dive site_, below. Here is an example of
dive information for four dives using a comma as a field separator:
Dive site,Dive date,Time,Dive_duration, Dive_depth,Dive buddy
Illovo Beach,2012-11-23,10:45,46:15,18.4,John Smith
Key Largo,2012-11-24,09:12,34:15,20.4,Jason McDonald
Wismar Baltic,2012-12-01,10:13,35:27,15.4,Dieter Albrecht
Pulau Weh,2012-12-20,09:46,55:56,38.6,Karaeng Bontonompo
2015-09-17 02:37:29 +00:00
The above data are not easily read by a human. Here is the same information in TAB-delimited format:
2014-12-16 13:29:08 +00:00
Dive site Dive date Time Dive_duration Dive_depth Dive buddy
Illovo Beach 2012-11-23 10:45 46:15 18.4 John Smith
Key Largo 2012-11-24 09:12 34:15 20.4 Jason McDonald
Wismar Baltic 2012-12-01 10:13 35:27 15.4 Dieter Albrecht
Pulau Weh 2012-12-20 09:46 55:56 38.6 Karaeng Bontonompo
It is clear why many people prefer the TAB-delimited format to the comma-delimited format. The
disadvantage is that one cannot see
the TAB characters. For instance, the space between _Dive_ and _date_ in the top line may be
a SPACE character or a TAB character (in this case it is a SPACE character: the tabs are before and
after _Dive date_). If the field names in the first line are long, the alignment with data in the other lines
2015-01-26 16:24:28 +00:00
cannot be maintained. Here is a highly simplified and shortened TAB-delimited example of a _CSV_ dive log
2014-12-16 13:29:08 +00:00
from an APD closed-circuit rebreather (CCR) dive computer:
Dive Time (s) Depth (m) pO₂ - Setpoint (Bar) pO₂ - C1 Cell 1 (Bar) Ambient temp. (Celsius)
0 0.0 0.70 0.81 13.1
0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.1
0 0.0 0.70 0.71 13.1
0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.2
0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.1
10 1.6 0.70 0.72 12.7
20 1.6 0.70 0.71 12.6
30 1.7 0.70 0.71 12.6
40 1.8 0.70 0.68 12.5
2015-01-26 16:24:28 +00:00
When a _CSV_ file is selected for import, _Subsurface_ displays the column headers as well as some of the data
in the first few lines of the _CSV_ file, making it much easier to work with _CSV_ files.
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
_CSV_ files can be used in many contexts for importing data into a _Subsurface_ dive log.
Knowing a few basic things about the content of the _CSV_ file helps with a smooth import
2014-12-16 13:29:08 +00:00
of the dives into _Subsurface_.
****
2014-01-25 07:49:27 +00:00
2014-01-29 06:04:49 +00:00
2015-01-26 16:24:28 +00:00
[icon="images/icons/important.png"]
[IMPORTANT]
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
But, the _CSV_ import has a couple of caveats. Avoid some special characters
2015-01-26 16:24:28 +00:00
like ampersand (&), less than (<), greater than (>) and double quotes (") as part
of the numbers or text within a cell. The
file should use UTF-8 character set, if using non-ASCII characters. Also the
size of the _CSV_ file might cause problems. Importing 100 dives at a time
(_CSV dive details_) works, but larger files might exceed
2015-09-17 02:37:29 +00:00
the limits of the parser used. When encountering problems with _CSV_ imports, first try with
2015-01-26 16:24:28 +00:00
a smaller file to make sure everything works.
2014-01-25 07:49:27 +00:00
2016-06-19 12:34:38 +00:00
=== Importing Dive coordinates from a mobile device with GPS.
A smartphone with built-in GPS facilities can be used to store the locations of dives.
This is performed by:
1) Taking the mobile device along on the dive boat / liveabord while
automatically collecting dive site coordinate information.
2) Uploading the coordinates from the mobile device to the _Subsurface_ Internet server.
3) Syncronising the dives in the _Subsurface_ dive list with the coordinates stored
on the _Subsurface_ Internet server.
_Subsurface has two tools for achieving this:
- The _Subsurface Companion App_ (Android and iOS).
- The _Subsurface-mobile_ app (Android and iOS)
Both of these applications perform the collection of dive site coordinates and
the synchronisation with dives in the _Subsurface_ dive list. However, the Companion App
is not being further developed and has largely been replaced by the _Subsurface-mobile_
app. While the _Companion app_ serves exclusively to collect dive site coordinates and
to make these available to the _Subsurface_ desktop version, _Subsurface-mobile_ performs
many of the functions of the desktop version, including the management and viewing of dive
information. Below, we describe how to perform the above three steps using each of the two
mobile apps.
For information on using the _Subsurface Companion App_, click xref:S_iCompanion[_here_].
==== Storing and and using GPS locations using _Subsurface-mobile_
===== Install _Subsurface-mobile_
Find _Subsurface-mobile_ on Google Play and install it on an Android device. The app
is free. The iOS version is currently experimental. _Subsurface-mobile_ has an extensive
https://subsurface-divelog.org/documentation/subsurface-mobile-user-manual[user manual]
accessible from within that app.
===== Create a _Subsurface-mobile_ account
This topic is discussed at length in the _Subsurface-mobile_ user manual. In the
Credentials screen of _Subsurface-mobile_ provide an e-mail address and a user
password that enables subsequent access. A PIN number is e-mailed from the
_Subsurface_ Internet server to the e-mail address that has been provided.
Type the PIN into the appropriate text field in the Credentials screen (see image below).
The _Subsurface_ Internet server notifies the user that a new user has been registered.
*N.B.:* To successfully create a user account, the mobile device must have Internet connectivity,
either through the cellular network or via wifi.
image::images/MobileCredentials.jpg["FIGURE: Subsurface-mobile, credentials screen",align="center"]
===== Configure auto-collecting of GPS coordinates
Activate the main menu of _Subsurface-mobile_ by selecting the "hamburger" menu button
at the bottom left of the _Subsurface-mobile_ screen (see image above), then select
_GPS_ -> _Preferences_ (see image below). The collection of GPS locations is done in the background and
automatically, using two settings:
- _Time threshold._ (minutes). The app will try to get a location every X minutes
- _Distance threshold._ (meters). Minimum distance between two locations.
*How are GPS coordinates collected?* Assuming the diver sets 5 minutes and 50
meters in the settings above, the app will start by recording a location at the current
location, followed by another one at every 5 minutes *or* every time one moves 50 m
from previous location, whichever happens first.
If subsequent locations are within a radius of 50 meters from the previous one,
a new location is not saved. If the diver is not moving, only one location is
saved, at least until the _Time-threshold_ period has elapsed.
If the diver moves, a trace of the route is obtained by saving a location every 50 meters.
===== Activate the automated recording of GPS locations
The _Subsurface-mobile_ main menu has a checkbox at the bottom left labled
_Run location service_ (see image below). Checking the box starts the automated recording
of GPS positions.
image::images/MobileMenu.jpg["FIGURE: Subsurface-mobile main menu",align="center"]
===== After the dive, stop the automated recording of GPS locations
Uncheck the check box at the bottom left of the _Subsurface-mobile_ main menu.
===== Upload the GPS locations onto the _Subsurface_ Internet server.
*N.B.:* Uploading the GPS locations to the Internet can only take place if the mobile
device has reliable access to the Internet, either via a cellular network or
via a wifi connection. If the Internet is not accessible from the dive site(s),
then GPS uploading can only take place after the dive or after the dive trip,
when an Internet connection has been re-established.
From the _Subsurface-mobile_ main menu, select _GPS_ -> _Upload GPS data_. The
locations are uploaded. Check the indicator at the top of the mobile screen for
internet activity, indicating the transfer of information.
===== Apply the stored GPS locations to dives on the _Subsurface_ dive list.
_Subsurface_ collects the first GPS location recorded after the start of a dive
(obtained within _Subsurface_ from either the dive computer or from the
manually-entered dive information) and before the end of a dive. These
coordinates are shown in the _Coordinates_ field of the dive site panel
for each dive. Within the dive site panel, provide a name for the
coordinates that have been assigned to the dive, following the instructions
under the heading above xref:S_locations[_Location_ management].
The https://subsurface-divelog.org/documentation/subsurface-mobile-user-manual[user manual for _Subsurface-mobile_] (accessible from within that app)
contains detailed instructions for
performing the collection of GPS data and for managing, uploading and
synchronising this information.
[[S_iCompanion]]
==== Importing GPS coordinates with the _Subsurface Companion App_ for mobile phones
2014-03-23 06:34:54 +00:00
2015-09-17 02:37:29 +00:00
Using the *Subsurface Companion App* on an _Android device_ or
xref:S_iphone[_iPhone_] with GPS, the coordinates
2014-04-29 08:22:31 +00:00
for the diving
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
location can be automatically passed to the _Subsurface_ dive log. The Companion App
stores dive locations on a dedicated Internet server. _Subsurface_ can collect
the locations from the server.
2014-04-29 08:22:31 +00:00
To do this:
2013-12-08 15:48:27 +00:00
2016-06-19 12:34:38 +00:00
===== Create a Companion App account
2014-05-07 19:47:43 +00:00
2014-04-29 08:22:31 +00:00
- Register on the http://api.hohndel.org/login/[_Subsurface companion web page_].
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
A confirmation email with instructions and a personal *DIVERID* will be sent,
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
a long number giving you access to the file server and Companion App capabilities.
2013-12-08 15:48:27 +00:00
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
- Download the app from
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=org.subsurface[Google Play Store]
or from
http://f-droid.org/repository/browse/?fdfilter=subsurface&fdid=org.subsurface[F-Droid].
2013-12-08 15:48:27 +00:00
2016-06-19 12:34:38 +00:00
===== Using the Subsurface companion app on an Android smartphone
2013-12-08 15:48:27 +00:00
On first use the app has three options:
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
* _Create a new account._ Equivalent to registering in the _Subsurface_ companion
page using an Internet browser. You can request a *DIVERID* using this option,
but it’ s supplied via email and followed up by interaction with the
http://api.hohndel.org/login/[_Subsurface companion web page_] to
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
activate the account.
2013-12-08 15:48:27 +00:00
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
* _Retrieve an account._ If users forget their *DIVERID* they will receive an email
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
to recover the number.
2013-12-08 15:48:27 +00:00
2014-05-07 12:44:37 +00:00
* _Use an existing account._ Users are prompted for their *DIVERID*. The app saves
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
this *DIVERID* and doesn’ t ask for it again unless you use the _Disconnect_ menu
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
option (see below).
2013-12-08 15:48:27 +00:00
2014-05-07 12:44:37 +00:00
[icon="images/icons/important.png"]
[IMPORTANT]
In the _Subsurface_ main program, the *DIVERID* should also be entered on the
Default Preferences
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
panel, by selecting _File -> Preferences -> Defaults_ from the main menu
2014-05-07 12:44:37 +00:00
in _Subsurface_ itself.
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
This helps synchronization between _Subsurface_ and the Companion App.
2014-05-07 12:44:37 +00:00
2016-06-19 12:34:38 +00:00
====== Creating new dive locations
2014-05-07 19:47:43 +00:00
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
Now you are ready to get a dive position and
2014-05-07 19:47:43 +00:00
send it to the server. The Android
2014-07-30 08:04:44 +00:00
display will look like the left hand image (*A*) below, but without any dives.
2013-12-08 15:48:27 +00:00
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
Touch the "+" icon on the top right to add a new dive site, a menu
shows with 3 options:
2014-05-03 09:06:16 +00:00
* Current: A prompt for a place name (or a request to activate the GPS if it is turned
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
off) will be displayed, after which the current location is saved.
2014-05-07 12:44:37 +00:00
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
* Use Map: This option lets you fix a position by searching a world map. A
world map is shown (see *B* below) on which you can show the desired position
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
with a _long press_ on the touch
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
sensitive screen (if the marked location is wrong, simply choose a new location)
and select the check symbol in the upper right. A dialog is shown letting you enter the
name of the dive location and the date and time of the dive (see *C* below). In order to import this
dive location in _Subsurface_ you should set the time to agree with the time of
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
that dive on the dive computer.
2014-05-07 12:44:37 +00:00
2014-05-07 19:47:43 +00:00
image::images/Companion_5.jpg["FIGURE: Companion App, add location using map",align="center"]
2014-05-07 12:44:37 +00:00
* Import local GPX file: The android device searches for .gpx files and located
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
archives will be shown. The selected .gpx file is opened and the stored
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
locations shown. Now select the appropriate locations, then select the
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
tab in the upper right, after which the locations will be sent to the web service
and added to the list on the Android device.
2014-05-03 09:06:16 +00:00
2016-06-19 12:34:38 +00:00
====== Dive lists of dive locations
2014-05-07 19:47:43 +00:00
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
The main screen shows a list of dive locations, each with a name, date and
2014-05-07 19:47:43 +00:00
time (see *A* below). Some locations may have an arrow-up icon over the selection box to the left
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
showing they need to be uploaded to the server. You
2014-05-07 12:44:37 +00:00
can select individual dive locations from the list. A selected location has a
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
check mark in the selection box on the left. Group operations (like _Delete_ or _Send_)
are performed on several selected locations.
2013-12-08 15:48:27 +00:00
2014-05-07 19:47:43 +00:00
Dive locations in this list can be viewed in two ways: a list of locations or a
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
map showing them. The display mode (List or Map) is changed by
2014-05-07 12:44:37 +00:00
selecting _Dives_ at the top left of the screen (see *A* below) and then selecting
2014-05-07 19:47:43 +00:00
the display mode. The display mode can be changed either from the list
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
of locations or from the map (see *B* below). If you select a location (on the list
2014-05-07 12:44:37 +00:00
or on the map), an editing
panel opens (see *C* below) where the dive description or other details may be changed.
2014-05-03 09:06:16 +00:00
2014-05-07 12:44:37 +00:00
image::images/Companion_4.jpg["FIGURE: Companion App, add location using map",align="center"]
2013-12-08 15:48:27 +00:00
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
When you select a dive (*not* selecting the check box), the
2014-05-07 12:44:37 +00:00
name given to it, date/time and GPS coordinates will be shown, with two options at the top
of the screen:
2014-05-07 19:47:43 +00:00
- Edit (pencil): Change the text name or other characteristics of the dive location.
2014-05-07 12:44:37 +00:00
- Maps: Display a map showing the dive location.
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
After editing and saving a dive location (see *C* above),
upload it to the web
2014-07-22 17:12:04 +00:00
service, as explained below.
2014-05-07 12:44:37 +00:00
2016-06-19 12:34:38 +00:00
====== Uploading dive locations
2014-05-07 19:47:43 +00:00
There are several ways to send locations to the server.
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
The easiest is simply
2014-05-07 19:47:43 +00:00
selecting the locations (See *A* below) and then touching the right arrow at the
2014-05-07 12:44:37 +00:00
top right of the screen.
2013-12-08 15:48:27 +00:00
[icon="images/icons/important.png"]
[IMPORTANT]
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
Be careful! The trash icon on the right means exactly what it should;
2014-05-07 12:44:37 +00:00
it deletes the selected dive location(s).
2013-12-08 15:48:27 +00:00
2014-05-07 19:47:43 +00:00
image::images/Companion_1.jpg["FIGURE: Screen shots (A-B) of companion app",align="center"]
2014-04-23 21:26:18 +00:00
2014-05-07 12:44:37 +00:00
After a dive trip using the Companion App, all dive locations are ready to be
downloaded to a _Subsurface_ dive log (see below).
2014-04-23 21:26:18 +00:00
2016-06-19 12:34:38 +00:00
====== Settings on the Companion App
2013-12-08 15:48:27 +00:00
2014-05-07 19:47:43 +00:00
Selecting the _Settings_ menu option results in the right hand image above (*B*).
2013-12-08 15:48:27 +00:00
2016-06-19 12:34:38 +00:00
====== Server and account
2013-12-08 15:48:27 +00:00
- _Web-service URL._ This is predefined (http://api.hohndel.org/)
2014-04-29 08:22:31 +00:00
- _User ID._ The DIVERID obtained by registering as described above. The easiest way to
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
get it is to copy and paste from the confirmation email or just type it in.
2016-06-19 12:34:38 +00:00
====== Synchronisation
2013-12-08 15:48:27 +00:00
2015-10-09 20:08:23 +00:00
- _Synchronize on startup_. If selected, dive locations in the Android device and those
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
on the web service synchronize each time the app is started.
2013-12-08 15:48:27 +00:00
2014-04-29 08:22:31 +00:00
- _Upload new dives._ If selected, each time the user adds a dive location it is
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
automatically sent to the server.
2013-12-08 15:48:27 +00:00
2016-06-19 12:34:38 +00:00
====== Background service
Instead of entering an unique dive location, one can leave the service running
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
in the background of your Android device, allowing a continuous collection of GPS locations.
2013-12-08 15:48:27 +00:00
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
The settings below define the behavior of the service:
2013-12-08 15:48:27 +00:00
2014-04-29 08:22:31 +00:00
- _Min duration._ In minutes. The app will try to get a location every X minutes
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
until stopped by the user.
2013-12-08 15:48:27 +00:00
2014-04-29 08:22:31 +00:00
- _Min distance._ In meters. Minimum distance between two locations.
2013-12-08 15:48:27 +00:00
2014-04-29 08:22:31 +00:00
- _Name template._ The name the app will use when saving the locations.
2013-12-08 15:48:27 +00:00
[icon="images/icons/info.jpg"]
[TIP]
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
_How does the background service work?_ Assuming the diver sets 5 minutes and 50
2014-04-29 08:22:31 +00:00
meters in the settings above, the app will start by recording a location at the current
2015-10-13 15:39:07 +00:00
location, followed by another one at every 5 minutes *or* every time one moves 50 m
2014-04-29 08:22:31 +00:00
from previous location.
2014-04-23 21:26:18 +00:00
If subsequent locations are within a radius of 50 meters from the previous one,
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
a new location is not saved. If the diver is not moving, only one location is saved.
If the diver is moving, a trace of the route is obtained by saving a
2014-04-29 08:22:31 +00:00
location every 50 meters.
2013-12-08 15:48:27 +00:00
2016-06-19 12:34:38 +00:00
====== Other
2013-12-08 15:48:27 +00:00
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
- _Mailing List._ The mail box for _Subsurface_. Users can send an email to the
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
Subsurface mailing list.
2013-12-08 15:48:27 +00:00
- _Subsurface website._ A link to the URL of Subsurface web
2014-04-29 08:22:31 +00:00
- _Version._ Displays the current version of the Companion App.
2013-12-08 15:48:27 +00:00
2016-06-19 12:34:38 +00:00
====== Search
2013-12-08 15:48:27 +00:00
2014-04-29 08:22:31 +00:00
Search the saved dive locations by name or by date and time.
2013-12-08 15:48:27 +00:00
2016-06-19 12:34:38 +00:00
====== Start service
2013-12-08 15:48:27 +00:00
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
Starts the _background service_ following the previously defined settings.
2013-12-08 15:48:27 +00:00
2016-06-19 12:34:38 +00:00
====== Disconnect
2013-12-08 15:48:27 +00:00
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
This is admittedly a badly named option that disconnects the app from the server.
It resets the user ID in the app, showing the first screen where an account
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
can be created, retrieve the ID for an existing account or use the users own
ID. The disconnect option
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
is useful if your Android device was used to download the dive locations
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
of another registered diver.
2013-12-08 15:48:27 +00:00
2016-06-19 12:34:38 +00:00
====== Send all locations
2013-12-08 15:48:27 +00:00
This option sends all locations stored in the Android device to the server.
2015-01-31 08:22:22 +00:00
[[S_iphone]]
==== Using the Subsurface companion app on an _iPhone_ to record dive locations
2013-12-08 15:48:27 +00:00
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
The iPhone interface is quite simple. Type the user ID (obtained
2015-01-31 08:22:22 +00:00
during registration) into the space reserved for it, then select "Dive in"
(see left part of the image below) and start collecting dive location information.
2015-01-30 16:54:59 +00:00
2015-01-31 08:22:22 +00:00
image::images/iphone.jpg["FIGURE: Using iPhone companion application",align="center",width=640]
2015-01-30 16:54:59 +00:00
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
Dives can be added automatically or manually. In manual mode, a dive location or waypoint is added to the GPS input stream. In automatic
mode, a continuous path of GPS locations is created from which,
after import, Subsurface can select the appropriate GPS
locations based on the times of dives. The default mode for the
_iphone_ is automatic. When adding a dive, the
2015-01-31 08:22:22 +00:00
location service is started automatically and a red bar appears at the bottom
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
of the screen. After the dive, click on the red
2015-01-31 08:22:22 +00:00
bar to end the location service. While the location
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
service is running you can only add dives manually.
2015-01-30 16:54:59 +00:00
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
You can edit the site name afterwards by selecting the dive
2015-01-31 08:22:22 +00:00
from the dive list and clicking on the site name. There are no other
2015-10-13 15:39:07 +00:00
editable fields. The dive list is automatically uploaded from the iPhone
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
to the web service. There isn’ t an option to
2015-01-31 08:22:22 +00:00
trigger upload manually.
2015-01-30 16:54:59 +00:00
2016-06-19 12:34:38 +00:00
===== Downloading dive locations to the _Subsurface_ divelog
2013-12-08 15:48:27 +00:00
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
Download dive(s) from a dive computer or enter them manually into
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
_Subsurface_ before obtaining the GPS coordinates from the server. The download
dialog can be reached via _Ctrl+G_ or from the _Subsurface_ Main Menu _Import
-> Import GPS data from Subsurface Service_, resulting in the image on the
2014-04-29 08:22:31 +00:00
left (*A*), below. On first use the DIVERID text box is blank. Provide a
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
DIVERID, then select the _Download_ button to start the download process, after
2014-04-29 08:22:31 +00:00
which the screen on the right (*B*) below appears:
2013-12-08 15:48:27 +00:00
2013-12-09 20:04:41 +00:00
image::images/DownloadGPS.jpg["FIGURE: Downloading Companion app GPS data",align="center"]
2013-12-08 15:48:27 +00:00
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
Note that the _Apply_ button is now active. By clicking on it, you can update the locations
of the newly entered or uploaded dives in _Subsurface_. That applies the
coordinates and names entered on the app to all the new dives that match the
date-times of the uploaded GPS localities. If you have entered the name of the dive
2014-04-29 08:22:31 +00:00
location in _Subsurface_ before downloading the GPS coordinates, this name will take
2014-04-23 21:26:18 +00:00
precedence over downloaded one.
Since _Subsurface_ matches GPS locations from the Android device and dive information from the
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
dive computer based on date-time data, automatic assignment of GPS data to dives depends
on agreeing date-time information between the two devices. Although _Subsurface_ has
a wide range tolerance, it may not be able to identify the appropriate dive if there's
a large difference between the time in the dive computer and that of the Android device.
That results in no updates.
Similar date-times may not always be possible and there may be many reasons for this (e.g. time zones).
_Subsurface_ may also be unable to decide which is the correct position for a dive (e.g. on repetitive
2014-04-29 08:22:31 +00:00
dives while running _background service_ there may be several locations that would be
included in the time range that fit not only the first dive, but one or more subsequent dives as well).
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
A workaround to manually edit the date-time of a dive in the _Subsurface_
2014-04-29 08:22:31 +00:00
Dive List *before* downloading the GPS data and then to change the date-time back again *after*
2014-04-23 21:26:18 +00:00
downloading GPS data.
2013-12-08 15:48:27 +00:00
[icon="images/icons/info.jpg"]
[NOTE]
2014-04-23 21:26:18 +00:00
TIPS:
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
- _Background service_ may fill the location list with
unnecessary locations that don’ t correspond to the exact dive point but do correspond to the boat's route.
Right now, these locations are difficult to delete from the server. In some situations it
is better to clean up the list on the Android device before sending the dive points to the web
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
server by simply deleting the inappropriate locations. This might be necessary, for
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
instance, if you want to keep the location list clear to see dives in the web service map display (see above).
2014-04-29 08:22:31 +00:00
- It may also make sense to give informative names to the locations sent to the web server, or at least
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
to use an informative name in the _Name Template_ setting while running the _background service_,
especially on a dive trip with many dives and dive locations.
2013-12-08 15:48:27 +00:00
2014-07-17 05:42:48 +00:00
[[S_LoadImage]]
=== Adding photographs to dives
Many (if not most) divers take a camera with them and take photographs
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
during a dive. To match each photograph with a specific
dive, _Subsurface_ lets you load photos into a dive. Photos are superimposed
2014-07-17 05:42:48 +00:00
on the dive profile, from where they can be viewed.
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
==== Loading photos and synchronizing between dive computer and camera
2014-07-17 05:42:48 +00:00
Left-lick on a dive or on a group of dives on the dive list. Then right-click on this
dive or group of dives and choose the option _Load Images_:
2014-12-11 07:04:10 +00:00
image::images/LoadImage1_f20.jpg["FIGURE: Load images option",align="center"]
2014-07-17 05:42:48 +00:00
The system file browser appears. Select the folder and photographs that need
to be loaded into _Subsurface_ and click the _Open_ button.
2014-12-11 07:04:10 +00:00
image::images/LoadImage2_f20.jpg["FIGURE: Load images option",align="center"]
2014-07-17 05:42:48 +00:00
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
This brings up the time synchronization dialog, shown below. But be
aware that the time
synchronization is not perfect between the dive computer used during a dive,
2014-07-17 05:42:48 +00:00
and the camera used during that same dive. These two devices
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
often differ by several minutes. If _Subsurface_ can synchronize,
2014-07-17 05:42:48 +00:00
then the exact times of photographs can be used to position photographs on
the dive profile.
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
_Subsurface_ synchronizes in three ways:
2014-07-17 05:42:48 +00:00
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
- *Pro-actively*: Before the dive, ensure synchronization of the dive computer time settings with
2015-09-17 02:37:29 +00:00
the time settings of the camera by changing the date-time settings on one or both of these devices.
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
- *Manually*: If you wrote down the exact camera time at the start of a dive, the
difference in time between the two devices can be determined. As long as the device
settings for time has not been changed in either device, you could write down the times of
both devices after the dive or even at the end of the day. You can then manually set the time
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
difference in the _Time shift_ dialog. Towards the top of the dialog is a time setting tool
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
immediately under the heading _Shift times of image(s) by_, shown in figure *A* below.
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
If the camera time is 7 minutes later than that of the dive computer, set the time setting
tool to a value of 00:07. Select either the _earlier_ or _later_ radio button.
In the above example, the _earlier_ option is appropriate, since the photos need to be shifted
7 minutes earlier (camera is 7 minutes ahead of dive computer). Ignore any "AM" or "PM" suffix
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
in that tool. Click the _OK_ button and synchronization is done.
2014-07-17 05:42:48 +00:00
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
image::images/LoadImage3b_f20.jpg["FIGURE: Synchronization dialog",align="center"]
2014-07-17 05:42:48 +00:00
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
- *By photograph*: There is a very slick way of synchronizing. If you take a
photograph of the face of the dive computer showing the time, then _Subsurface_ can get
the exact time the photograph was taken, using the metadata the camera stores within
each photo. To do this, use the bottom half of the _Time shift_ dialog. If you use
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
the bottom part, the top part of the dialog is ignored. Click on
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
the horizontal bar called "_Select image of dive computer showing time_. This brings up
a file browser letting you select the photograph of the dive computer time. Select the
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
photograph using the file browser and click on _OK_. This photograph of the dive computer
appears in the bottom panel of the _Shift times_ dialog. Now _Subsurface_ knows exactly
when the photograph has been taken. Now set the date-time dialog to the left of the photo
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
so it reflects the date and time of the dive computer in the photo. When the
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
date-time tool has been set, _Subsurface_ knows exactly what the time difference between
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
camera and dive computer is, and it can synchronize.
2015-09-17 02:37:29 +00:00
Image *B* above shows a photograph of the face of the dive computer and with the date-time tool set to the
date-time.
2014-07-17 05:42:48 +00:00
2015-09-17 02:37:29 +00:00
If the timestamp of a photograph is more than 30 minutes before or after the dive, it is not placed on
the dive profile.
2014-07-24 19:16:17 +00:00
2014-07-17 05:42:48 +00:00
==== Viewing the photos
2014-08-08 06:37:54 +00:00
After the images have been loaded, they appear in two places:
2015-02-14 17:16:21 +00:00
- the _Photos_ tab of the *Notes* panel.
2014-08-08 06:37:54 +00:00
- as tiny icons (stubs) on the dive profile at the appropriate positions reflecting the time
2015-09-17 02:37:29 +00:00
each photograph was taken.
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
To view the photos on the dive profile, activate the _show-photos_ button in the tool bar
2015-09-17 02:37:29 +00:00
to the left of the dive profile:
image::images/icons/ShowPhotos_f20.png["FIGURE:Show photos toolbar button",align="left"]
This results in a profile display as in the image below:
2014-07-17 05:42:48 +00:00
2014-12-11 07:04:10 +00:00
image::images/LoadImage4_f20.jpg["FIGURE: Photos on dive profile",align="center"]
2014-07-17 05:42:48 +00:00
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
If you hover the mouse over any of the photo icons, a thumbnail photo
2014-07-17 05:42:48 +00:00
is shown of the appropriate photo. See the image below:
2014-12-11 07:04:10 +00:00
image::images/LoadImage5_f20.jpg["FIGURE:Thumbnail photo on dive profile",align="center"]
2014-07-17 05:42:48 +00:00
2014-08-08 06:37:54 +00:00
Clicking on the thumbnail brings up a full size
2014-07-31 07:35:54 +00:00
photo overlaid on the _Subsurface_ window. This allows good viewing of
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
the added photographs. (see the image below). Note that the thumbnail
has a small dustbin icon in the bottom right hand corner (see image above). Selecting
the dustbin removes the image from the dive. Be careful
when clicking on a thumbnail. Images
2014-08-08 06:37:54 +00:00
can also be deleted using the _Photos_ tab (see text below).
2014-07-17 05:42:48 +00:00
2014-12-11 07:04:10 +00:00
image::images/LoadImage6_f20.jpg["FIGURE: Full-screen photo on dive profile",align="center"]
2014-07-17 05:42:48 +00:00
2014-08-07 12:04:43 +00:00
==== The _Photos_ tab
2015-02-14 17:16:21 +00:00
Photographs associated with a dive are shown as thumbnails in the _Photos_ tab of the _Notes_
2014-08-07 12:04:43 +00:00
panel. Photos taken in rapid succession during a dive (therefore sometimes with large
overlap on the dive profile) can easily be accessed in the _Photos_ tab. This tab serves as
a tool for individually accessing the photos of a dive, while the stubs on the dive profile
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
show when during a dive a photo was taken. By single-clicking on a thumbnail in
2014-08-07 12:04:43 +00:00
the _Photos_ panel, a photo is selected. By double-clicking a thumbnail, the full-sized image is
shown, overlaying the _Subsurface_ window. A photo can be deleted from the _Photos_ panel by selecting
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
it (single-click) and then by pressing the _Del_ key on the keyboard. This removes the photo BOTH
2014-08-07 12:04:43 +00:00
from the _Photos_ tab as well as the dive profile.
==== Photos on an external hard disk
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
Most underwater photographers store photos on an external drive. If such a drive can be mapped by the operating system
(almost always the case) the photos can be directly accessed by _Subsurface_. This eases the interaction
2014-08-07 12:04:43 +00:00
between _Subsurface_ and an external repository of photos. When associating a dive profile with photos from an
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
external drive, the normal procedure of selection and synchronization (see text above) is used.
After the external drive has been disconnected, _Subsurface_ cannot access these photos any more.
2014-08-07 12:04:43 +00:00
If the display of photos is activated (using the toolbox to the left of the _Dive Profile_), the
program only shows a small white dot where each photo should be on the dive profile.
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
In addition the _Photos_ tab only shows the file names of the photos.
If the external drive with the photos is re-connected, the photos can be seen in the normal way.
2014-08-07 12:04:43 +00:00
2015-05-18 13:38:37 +00:00
[[S_FindMovedImages]]
2015-05-01 11:28:07 +00:00
==== Moving photographs among directories, hard disks or computers
After a photograph has been loaded into _Subsurface_ and associated with a specific dive, the directory
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
where the photo lies is stored, letting _Subsurface_ find the photograph when the dive is
2015-05-01 11:28:07 +00:00
opened again. If the photo or the whole photo collection is moved to another drive or to a different
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
machine, the directory structure will be different to that of the original uploaded
2015-05-01 11:28:07 +00:00
photo. When this happens, _Subsurface_ looks for the photos at their original location before they were moved,
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
cannot find them and cannot display them. Because after moving photos, large numbers of photos
2015-05-01 11:28:07 +00:00
may need to be deleted and re-imported from the new location, _Subsurface_ has a mechanism that eases the
process of updating the directory information for each photo: automatic updates using fingerprints.
When a photo is loaded into _Subsurface_, a fingerprint for the image is calculated and stored with the
other reference information for that photo. After moving a photo collection (that has already been loaded
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
into _Subsurface_) to a different directory, disk or computer, _Subsurface_ can:
2015-05-01 11:28:07 +00:00
- look through a particular directory (and all its subdirectories recursively) where photos have been moved
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
to,
2015-05-01 11:28:07 +00:00
- calculate fingerprints for all photos in this directory, and
- if there is a match between a calculated fingerprint and the one originally calculated when a photo was
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
loaded into _Subsurface_ (even if the original file name has changed), automatically update the
2015-05-01 11:28:07 +00:00
directory information so that _Subsurface_ can find the photo in the new moved directory.
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
This is done by selecting from the Main Menu: _File -> Find moved images_. This brings up a window within
2015-05-01 11:28:07 +00:00
which the NEW directory of the photos needs to be specified. Select the appropriate directory and click
the _Scan_ button towards the bottom right of the panel. The process may require several minutes to
2015-10-09 20:08:23 +00:00
complete, after which _Subsurface_ will show the appropriate photographs when a particular dive is opened.
2015-05-01 11:28:07 +00:00
[[Image_fingerprint_upgrade]]
****
*Upgrading existing photo collections without fingerprints*
[icon="images/icons/important.png"]
[IMPORTANT]
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
_Subsurface_ automatically calculates fingerprints for all images that it can access.
When manipulating images, be sure all the images associated with the dive log can be accessed by _Subsurface_.
2015-10-13 10:33:25 +00:00
_Subsurface_ automatically checks and, if necessary, updates the fingerprints associated with a single dive if:
- The images associated with that dive are visible as thumbnails on the *Dive Profile*.
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
- If you edit anything in the *Notes tab* panel and save the edits by selecting _Apply changes_.
2015-05-01 11:28:07 +00:00
****
2014-07-17 05:42:48 +00:00
2014-12-19 08:03:28 +00:00
=== Logging special types of dives
2015-02-05 18:42:21 +00:00
[[S_MulticylinderDives]]
==== Multicylinder dives
2015-10-13 15:39:07 +00:00
_Subsurface_ easily handles dives involving more than one cylinder. Multi-cylinder diving usually happens
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
(a) if a diver doesn’ t have enough gas for the complete dive in a single cylinder; (b) if a diver
2015-02-05 18:42:21 +00:00
needs more than one gas mixture because of the depth or the decompression needs of the dive. For this reason
2015-10-13 15:39:07 +00:00
multi-cylinder dives are often used by technical divers who dive deep or long. As far
2015-02-05 18:42:21 +00:00
as _Subsurface_ is concerned, there are only two types of information that need to be provided:
- *Describe the cylinders used during the dive* This is performed in the *Equipment tab* of
2015-02-14 17:16:21 +00:00
the *Info* panel, as xref:cylinder_definitions[described above]. Enter the cylinders one by one,
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
specifying each’ s characteristics and the gas composition within it.
2015-02-05 18:42:21 +00:00
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
- *Record the times at which the switch from one cylinder to another was done:* This is information
tracked by some dive computers (provided the diver indicated these changes to the dive computer
2015-02-05 18:42:21 +00:00
by pressing specific buttons). If the dive computer does not provide the information, the diver has to
record these changes using a different method, e.g. writing it on a slate.
- *Record the cylinder changes on the dive profile*: If the latter option
was followed, the diver needs to indicate the gas change event by right-clicking at the appropriate point
in time on the *Dive Profile* panel and indicating the cylinder to which the change was made. After
right-clicking, follow the context menu to "Add gas change" and select the appropriate cylinder from
those defined during the first step, above (see image below). If the
2015-02-10 14:39:17 +00:00
*tank bar* button in the toolbar has been activated, the cylinder switches are also indicated in the
2015-02-05 18:42:21 +00:00
tank bar.
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
When this is complete, _Subsurface_ indicates the appropriate use of cylinders in the dive profile.
2015-02-05 18:42:21 +00:00
Below is a multi-cylinder dive, starting off with EAN28, then changing cylinders to EAN50 after 26 minutes
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
for decompression.
2015-02-05 18:42:21 +00:00
image::images/multicylinder_dive.jpg["FIGURE: Multicylinder profile",align="center"]
2014-12-19 08:03:28 +00:00
==== Sidemount dives
2015-10-13 15:39:07 +00:00
Sidemount diving is just another form of multi-cylinder diving, often with both or all cylinders having
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
the same gas mixture. Although it’ s a popular configuration for cave divers, Sidemount
diving can be done by recreational divers who’ ve completed the appropriate training. sidemount
dive logging involves three steps, exactly as with multi-cylinder dives above:
2014-12-19 08:03:28 +00:00
2015-02-05 18:42:21 +00:00
- *During the dive, record cylinder switch events*. Since sidemount diving normally involves two
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
cylinders with air or with the same gas mixture, _Subsurface_ distinguishes between these different
cylinders. In contrast, many dive computers that allow gas switching only distinguish between different
_gases_ used, not among different _cylinders_ used. This means when sidemount dives are downloaded
from these dive computers, the switching event between cylinders with the same gas is not downloaded. This may mean
that a diver may have to keep a written log of cylinder switch times using a slate, or (if the dive computer
has the capability) marking each cylinder switch with a bookmark that can be retrieved later. Returning
2015-09-17 02:37:29 +00:00
from a dive with the times of cylinder changes is the only tricky part of logging sidemount dives.
2014-12-19 08:03:28 +00:00
- *Within _Subsurface_ describe the cylinders used during the dive*. The diver needs to provide the
2015-02-14 17:16:21 +00:00
specifications of the different cylinders, using the *Equipment* tab of the *Info Panel* (see
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
image below where two 12 litre cylinder were used).
2014-12-19 08:03:28 +00:00
- *Indicate cylinder change events on the _Subsurface_ dive profile*. Once the dive log has been imported
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
from a dive computer into _Subsurface_, the cylinder switch events need to be shown on the dive profile.
Cylinder changes are recorded by right-clicking at the appropriate point on the dive profile, then
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
selecting _Add gas change_. A list of the appropriate cylinders is shown with the
currently used cylinder greyed out. In the image below Tank 1 is greyed out, leaving only Tank 2
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
to be selected. Select the appropriate cylinder. The cylinder change is then shown on the dive
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
profile with a cylinder symbol. If the *Tank Bar* is activated using the toolbar to the left of the
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
profile, then the cylinder change is also shown on the Tank Bar (see image below). After all
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
the cylinder change events have been recorded on the dive profile, the correct cylinder pressures
2015-02-10 14:39:17 +00:00
for both cylinders are shown on the dive profile, as in the image below.
2014-12-19 08:03:28 +00:00
image::images/sidemount1.jpg["FIGURE: Sidemount profile",align="center"]
2015-02-10 14:39:17 +00:00
This section gives an example of the versatility of _Subsurface_ as a dive logging tool.
2015-01-25 16:05:39 +00:00
2015-02-05 18:42:21 +00:00
[[S_sSCR_dives]]
==== Semi-closed circuit rebreather (SCR) dives
[icon="images/halcyon_RB80.jpg"]
[NOTE]
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
Passive semi-closed rebreathers (pSCR) are a technical advance in diving equipment that
recirculates the breathing gas a diver uses, while removing carbon dioxide from
2015-02-05 18:42:21 +00:00
the exhaled gas. While a small amount (typically a tenth) of the exhaled breathing gas is released into the water,
a small amount of fresh gas is released from the back gas cylinder (typically containing nitrox).
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
A diver using a single cylinder of breathing gas can therefore dive for much longer periods than
2015-02-05 18:42:21 +00:00
using a recreational open-circuit configuration. With pSCR equipment, a very small amount of breathing
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
gas is released every time the diver inhales. With active SCR (aSCR) equipment, in contrast, a small amount of
2015-02-05 18:42:21 +00:00
breathing gas is released continuously from the back cylinder.
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
To log pSCR dives, no special procedures are required. Use the normal steps outlined above:
2015-02-05 18:42:21 +00:00
2015-02-14 17:16:21 +00:00
- Select pSCR in the _Dive Mode_ dropdown list on the *Info* panel.
2015-02-05 18:42:21 +00:00
- pSCR diving often involves gas changes, requiring an additional cylinder.
Define all the appropriate cylinders as described above
and indicate the cylinder/gas changes as described above in the section on xref:S_MulticylinderDives[multicylinder dives].
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
If a pSCR _Dive Mode_ has been selected, the dive ceiling for that is adjusted for the oxygen
drop across the mouthpiece, which often requires longer decompression periods. Below is a dive profile
2015-02-05 18:42:21 +00:00
of a pSCR dive using EAN36 on the back cylinder and oxygen for decompression. Note that this dive lasted
over two hours.
image::images/pSCR_profile.jpg["FIGURE: pSCR profile",align="center"]
2015-01-25 16:05:39 +00:00
[[S_CCR_dives]]
==== Closed circuit rebreather (CCR) dives
[icon="images/APD.jpg"]
[NOTE]
Closed system rebreathers use advanced technology to recirculate
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
gas that has been breathed. They also do two things to maintain a
2015-01-25 16:05:39 +00:00
breathable oxygen concentration:
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
a) remove carbon dioxide from the exhaled gas
2015-01-25 16:05:39 +00:00
b) regulate the oxygen concentration to remain within safe diving limits.
2015-09-06 20:17:50 +00:00
The CCR interface of _Subsurface_ is currently experimental
and under active development. Subsurface currently supports Poseidon MkVI
and APD Discovery/Evolution dive computers. In contrast to a conventional recreational
2015-01-25 16:05:39 +00:00
dive computer, a CCR system computer does not allow the download of a log
containing multiple dives. Rather, each dive is stored independently. This
means that _Subsurface_ cannot download a dive log directly from a CCR
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
dive computer, but that it imports CCR dive logs in the same way it
2015-09-06 20:17:50 +00:00
imports dive log data from other digital databases: one dive at a time.
2015-01-25 16:05:39 +00:00
===== Import a CCR dive
See the section dealing with xref:S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs[Importing dive information from other
2015-01-27 17:51:47 +00:00
digital sources]. From the main menu of _Subsurface_, select _Import -> Import
2015-01-25 16:05:39 +00:00
log files_ to bring up the xref:Unified_import[universal import dialogue]. As
explained in that section, the bottom right
2015-09-06 20:17:50 +00:00
hand of the import dialogue contains a dropdown list (labled _Filter:_) of appropriate devices
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
that currently include(Poseidon) MkVI or APD log viewer files. Import for other
CCR equipment is under active development. Having selected the appropriate CCR format and
2015-01-25 16:05:39 +00:00
the directory where the original dive logs have been stored from the CCR dive
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
computer, select a particular dive log file (in the case of the MkVI
2015-01-25 16:05:39 +00:00
it is a file with a .txt extension). After selecting the appropriate dive log,
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
click the _Open_ button at the bottom right hand of the universal import dialogue.
2015-09-17 02:37:29 +00:00
The selected dive is imported to the _Subsurface_ dive list.
2015-01-25 16:05:39 +00:00
===== Displayed information for a CCR dive
_Partial pressures of gases_: The graph of oxygen partial pressure shows the
information from the oxygen sensors of the CCR equipment. In contrast to recreational
equipment (where pO~2~ values are calculated based on gas composition and dive depth),
CCR equipment provide actual measurements of pO~2~, derived from oxygen sensors.
In this case the graph for oxygen partial pressure
should be fairly flat, reflecting the setpoint settings during the dive. The mean
pO~2~ is NOT the mean oxygen partial pressure as given by the CCR equipment, but
2015-01-30 10:57:57 +00:00
a value calculated by _Subsurface_ as follows:
2015-01-25 16:05:39 +00:00
- For TWO O~2~ sensors the mean value of the two sensors are given.
- For THREE-sensor systems (e.g. APD), the mean value is also used. However
differences of more than 0,1 bar in the simultaneous readings of different sensors are
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
treated as false. If one of the three sensors provides false data, it is ignored.
2015-01-25 16:05:39 +00:00
2015-09-17 02:37:29 +00:00
- If no sensor data are available, the pO~2~ value is assumed to be equal to the setpoint.
2015-01-30 10:57:57 +00:00
2015-01-25 16:05:39 +00:00
The mean pO~2~ of the sensors is indicated with a green line,
The oxygen setpoint values as well as the readings from the individual
oxygen sensors can be shown. The display of additional CCR information is turned on by
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
checking the appropriate boxes in the _Preferences_ panel (accessible by
2015-01-25 16:05:39 +00:00
selecting xref:S_CCR_options[_File -> Preferences -> Graph_]). This part of
2015-09-06 20:17:50 +00:00
the _Preferences_ panel is shown in the image below, representing two checkboxes that modify
2015-01-25 16:05:39 +00:00
the display of pO~2~ when the appropriate toolbar button on the Dive Profile
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
has been checked.
2015-01-25 16:05:39 +00:00
2015-01-27 17:51:47 +00:00
image::images/CCR_preferences_f20.jpg["FIGURE: CCR preferences panel",align="center"]
2015-01-25 16:05:39 +00:00
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
Checking any of these boxes allows the display of additional oxygen-related
2015-01-25 16:05:39 +00:00
information whenever the pO~2~ toolbar button on the _Profile_ panel is activated.
The first checkbox allows the display of setpoint information. This is a red line
superimposed on the green oxygen partial pressure graph and allows a comparison of the
2015-09-06 20:17:50 +00:00
mean measured oxygen partial pressure and the setpoint values, as shown below.
2015-01-25 16:05:39 +00:00
2015-01-27 17:51:47 +00:00
image::images/CCR_setpoint_f20.jpg["FIGURE: CCR setpoint and po2 graph",align="center"]
2015-01-25 16:05:39 +00:00
The second checkbox allows the display of the data from each individual oxygen sensor
of the CCR equipment. The data for each sensor is colour-coded as follows:
- Sensor 1: grey
- Sensor 2: blue
- Sensor 3: brown
The mean oxygen pO~2~ is indicated by the green line. This allows the direct comparison
of data from each of the oxygen sensors, useful for detecting abnormally low or erratic
readings from a particular sensor.
2015-01-27 17:51:47 +00:00
image::images/CCR_sensor_data_f20.jpg["FIGURE: CCR sensor data graph",align="center"]
2015-01-25 16:05:39 +00:00
The setpoint data can be overlaid on the oxygen sensor data by activating both of the above
check boxes. Partial pressures for nitrogen (and helium, if applicable) are shown in the
usual way as for open circuit dives.
_Events_: Several events are logged, e.g. switching the mouthpiece to open circuit.
These events are indicated by yellow triangles and, if one hovers over a triangle,
a description of that event is given as the bottom line in the xref:S_InfoBox[Information Box].
_Cylinder pressures_: Some CCR dive computers like the Poseidon MkVI record the
pressures of the oxygen and diluent cylinders. The pressures of these two cylinders
are shown as green lines overlapping the depth profile. In addition, start and
end pressures for both oxygen and diluent cylinders are shown in the _Equipment Tab_.
2015-02-10 14:39:17 +00:00
Below is a dive profile for a CCR dive, including an overlay
2015-01-25 16:05:39 +00:00
of setpoint and oxygen sensor data, as well as the cylinder pressure data. In this
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
case there is agreement from the readings of the two oxygen sensors.
2015-01-25 16:05:39 +00:00
2015-09-06 20:17:50 +00:00
image::images/CCR_dive_profile_f22.jpg["FIGURE: CCR dive profile",align="center"]
2015-01-25 16:05:39 +00:00
_Equipment-specific information_: Equipment-specific information gathered by
2015-01-30 19:44:13 +00:00
_Subsurface_ is shown in the xref:S_ExtraDataTab[Extra data tab]. This may include setup information
2015-01-25 16:05:39 +00:00
or metadata about the dive.
2015-09-06 20:17:50 +00:00
The deco ceiling calculated by Subsurface is not very accurate because the precise pressure of nitrogen
in the loop can usually not be determined from the dive log imported from the CCR equipment. Many CCR dive
computers, however, report an internally-calculated deco ceiling that is reported in the dive log,
reflecting a more accurate assessment. The display of this ceiling is activated
by clicking the appropriate button to the left of the dive profile:
2015-09-08 10:47:56 +00:00
image::images/icons/cceiling.jpg["DC ceiling icon"]
2015-09-06 20:17:50 +00:00
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
The default color of the computer-generated deco ceiling is white. This can be set to red
2015-09-06 20:17:50 +00:00
by checking the appropriate check box after selecting _File -> Preferences -> Graph_.
Below is a dive profile indicating the dive computer-generated deco ceiling:
image::images/CCR_dive_ceilingF22.jpg["FIGURE: CCR computer-generated deco ceiling",align="center"]
2015-01-25 16:05:39 +00:00
More equipment-specific information for downloading CCR dive logs for
2015-09-06 20:17:50 +00:00
Poseidon MkVI and APD equipment can be found in xref:_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information[Appendix B].
2015-01-25 16:05:39 +00:00
2013-12-05 18:52:33 +00:00
== Obtaining more information about dives entered into the logbook
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
2015-02-14 17:16:21 +00:00
=== The *Info* tab (for individual dives)
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
2015-02-14 17:16:21 +00:00
The Info tab gives some summary information about a particular dive that
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
has been selected in the *Dive List*. Useful information here includes the
surface interval before the dive, the maximum and mean depths of the dive, the
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
gas volume consumed, the surface air consumption (SAC) and the number of oxygen
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
toxicity units (OTU) incurred.
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
[icon="images/icons/info.jpg"]
[NOTE]
Gas consumption and SAC calculations:
_Subsurface_ calculates SAC and Gas consumption taking in account gas
incompressibility, particularly at tank pressures above 200 bar, making them more accurate.
2015-10-14 09:57:10 +00:00
Users should refer to xref:SAC_CALCULATION[Appendix F] for more information.
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
2015-01-30 19:44:13 +00:00
[[S_ExtraDataTab]]
2014-12-07 12:23:38 +00:00
=== The *Extra Data* tab (usually for individual dives)
When using a dive computer, it often reports several data items that cannot easily be
2014-12-08 16:37:19 +00:00
presented in a standardised way because the nature of the information differs from one
2014-12-07 12:23:38 +00:00
dive computer to another. These data often comprise setup information, metadata about
a dive, battery levels, no fly times, or gradient factors used during the dive. When
possible, this information is presented in the *Extra Data* tab. Below is an
image showing extra data for a dive using a Poseidon rebreather.
image::images/ExtraDataTab_f20.jpg["FIGURE: Extra Data tab",align="center"]
2013-12-02 06:46:38 +00:00
=== The *Stats* tab (for groups of dives)
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
The Stats tab gives summary statistics for more than one dive, assuming that
2014-07-30 12:07:24 +00:00
more than one dive has been selected in the *Dive List* using the standard
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
Ctrl-click or Shift-click of the mouse. If only one
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
dive has been selected, figures for only that dive are given. This tab
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
shows the number of dives selected, the total amount of dive time in these
dives,
2014-07-30 12:07:24 +00:00
as well as the minimum, maximum and mean for the dive duration,
water temperature and surface air consumption (SAC). It also shows the depth of the
shallowest and deepest dives of those selected.
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
2013-12-04 19:18:23 +00:00
[[S_DiveProfile]]
2013-12-02 06:46:38 +00:00
=== The *Dive Profile*
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
2014-04-21 13:06:28 +00:00
image::images/Profile2.jpg["Typical dive profile",align="center"]
2013-12-02 06:46:38 +00:00
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
Of all the panels in _Subsurface_, the Dive Profile contains the most detailed
2014-03-16 04:34:35 +00:00
information about each dive. The Dive Profile has a *button bar* on the left hand side
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
that lets you control several display options. The functions of these
2014-03-14 22:31:37 +00:00
buttons are described below. The main item in the Dive
Profile is the graph of
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
dive depth as a function of time. In addition to
depth, it also shows the ascent and descent rates compared to the recommended
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
speed of going up or down in the water column. This information is given using
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
different colors:
2013-12-02 06:46:38 +00:00
|====================
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
|*Color*|*Descent speed (m/min)*|*Ascent speed (m/min)*
2013-12-02 06:46:38 +00:00
|Red|> 30|> 18
|Orange|18 - 30|9 - 18
|Yellow|9 - 18|4 - 9
|Light green|1.5 - 9|1.5 - 4
|Dark green|< 1.5|< 1.5
|=====================
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
The profile also includes depth readings for the peaks and troughs in the graph.
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
So users should see the depth of the deepest point and other peaks. Mean depth
2015-02-05 18:42:21 +00:00
is plotted as a grey line, indicating mean dive depth up to a particular moment during the dive.
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
2014-03-14 22:31:37 +00:00
[icon="images/icons/scale.jpg"]
[NOTE]
In some cases the dive profile does not fill the whole area of the *Dive Profile*
panel. Clicking the *Scale* button in the toolbar on the left of the dive profile
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
increases the size of the dive profile to fill the area of the panel.
2014-03-14 22:31:37 +00:00
*Water temperature* is displayed with its own blue line with temperature values
placed adjacent to significant changes.
2016-10-10 08:06:20 +00:00
[[S_InfoBox]]
==== The *Information Box*
The Information box displays a large range of information about the dive
profile. Normally the Information Box is located to the top left of the *Dive
Profile* panel. If the mouse points outside of the *Dive Profile* panel, then
only the top line of the Information Box is visible (see left-hand part of
figure (*A*) below). The Information Box can be moved around in the *Dive Profile*
panel by click-dragging it with the mouse so that it is not obstructing
important detail. The position of the Information Box is saved and used again
during subsequent dive analyses.
image::images/InfoBox2.jpg["Figure: Information Box",align="center"]
When the mouse points inside the *Dive Profile* panel, the information box expands and
shows many data items. In this situation, the data reflect the time point along
the dive profile shown by the mouse cursor (see right-hand part of figure (*B*) above
where the Information Box reflects the situation at the position of the cursor
[arrow] in that image). Moving the cursor horizontally lets the Information Box show information for any point
along the dive profile.
In this mode, the Information Box gives extensive statistics about depth, gas
and ceiling characteristics of the particular dive. These include: Time period
into the dive (indicated by a @), depth, cylinder pressure (P), temperature,
ascent/descent rate, surface air consumption (SAC), oxygen partial pressure,
maximum operating depth, equivalent air depth (EAD), equivalent narcotic depth
(END), equivalent air density depth (EADD), decompression requirements at that
instant in time (Deco), time to surface (TTS), the calculated ceiling, as well
as the calculated ceiling for several Bühlmann tissue compartments.
The user has control over the display of some statistics in the Information Box, shown as four
buttons on the left of the profile panel. These are:
[icon="images/icons/MOD.jpg"]
[NOTE]
Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display the *Maximum Operating Depth
(MOD)* of the dive, given the
gas mixture used. MOD is dependent on the oxygen concentration in the breathing gas.
For air (21% oxygen) it is around 57 m if a maximum pO~2~ of 1.4 is specified in the *Preferences* section
(select _File_ -> Preferences -> Graph_ and edit the text box _Max pO~2~ when showing MOD_.
Below the MOD there is a markedly increased
risk of exposure to the dangers of oxygen toxicity.
[icon="images/icons/NDL.jpg"]
[NOTE]
Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display either the *No-deco Limit (NDL)* or the
*Total Time to Surface (TTS)*. NDL is the time duration that a diver can continue with a
dive, given the present depth, that does not require decompression (that is, before an
ascent ceiling appears). Once a diver has exceeded the NDL and decompression is required (that
is, there is an ascent ceiling above the diver) then TTS gives the number of minutes
required before the diver can surface. TTS includes ascent time as well as decompression
time. TTS is calculated assuming an ascent surface air consumption (SAC) for
the gas currently used. Even if the profile contains several gas
switches, TTS at a specific moment during the dive is calculated using the current gas.
TTS longer than 2 hours is not accurately calculated and Subsurface only indicates _TTS > 2h_.
[icon="images/icons/SAC.jpg"]
[NOTE]
Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display the *Surface Air Consumption (SAC)*.
SAC is an indication of the surface-normalized respiration rate of a diver. The value of SAC
is less than the real
respiration rate because a diver at 10m uses breathing gas at a rate roughly double that of
the equivalent rate at the surface. SAC gives an indication of breathing gas consumption rate
independent of the depth of the dive, so the respiratory rates of different dives
can be compared. The units for SAC is liters/min or cubic ft/min.
[icon="images/icons/EAD.jpg"]
[NOTE]
Clicking this button displays the *Equivalent Air Depth (EAD)* for
nitrox dives as well as the *Equivalent
Narcotic Depth (END)* for trimix dives. These are
important to divers breathe gases other than air. Their
values are dependent on the composition of the breathing gas. The EAD
is the depth of a hypothetical air dive that has the same partial
pressure of nitrogen as the current depth of the nitrox dive at
hand. A nitrox dive leads to the same decompression obligation as an
air dive to the depth equalling the EAD. The END is the depth of a
hypothetical air dive that has the same sum of partial pressures of
the narcotic gases nitrogen and oxygen as the current trimix dive. A
trimix diver can expect the same narcotic effect as a diver breathing
air diving at a depth equalling the END.
Figure (*B*) above shows an information box with a nearly complete set of data.
[[S_gas_pressure_graph]]
===== The Gas Pressure Bar Graph
On the left of the *Information Box* is a vertical bar graph showing the
pressures of the nitrogen (and other inert gases, e.g. helium, if applicable) that the diver
was inhaling _at a particular instant during the dive_. It is shown by the position
of the cursor on the *Dive Profile*. The drawing on the left below indicates the
meaning of the different parts of the Gas Pressure Bar Graph.
image::images/GasPressureBarGraph.jpg["FIGURE:Gas Pressure bar Graph",align="center"]
- The light green area indicates the total gas, with the top margin of the light green
area showing the total gas pressure inhaled by the diver and measured from the bottom
of the graph to the top of the light green area. This pressure has a _relative_ value in the graph
and does not indicate absolute pressure.
- The horizontal black line underneath the light green margin indicates the equilibrium pressure
of the inert gases inhaled by the diver, usually nitrogen. In
the case of trimix, it is the pressures of nitrogen and helium combined. In this example,
the user is diving with EAN32, so the inert gas pressure is 68% of the distance from the
bottom of the graph to the total gas pressure value.
- The dark green area at the bottom of the graph represents the pressures of inert gas in each
of the 16 tissue compartments, following the Bühlmann algorithm, with fast tissues on the
left hand side.
- The top black horizontal line indicates the gradient factor that applies to the depth of
the diver at the particular point on the *Dive Profile*. The gradient factor shown is an
interpolation between the GFLow and GFHigh values specified in the Graph tab of the *Preferences
Panel* of *Subsurface*.
- The bottom margin of the red area in the graph indicates the Bühlman-derived M-value. That is the
pressure value of inert gases at which bubble formation is expected to be severe, resulting
in a significant risk of decompression sickness.
These five values are shown on the left in the graph above. The way the Gas Pressure Bar Graph changes
during a dive can be seen on the right hand side of the above figure for a diver using EAN32.
- Graph *A* indicates the start of a dive with the diver at the surface. The pressures in all
the tissue compartments are still at the surface equilibrium pressure because no diving has taken place.
- Graph *B* indicates the situation after a descent to 30 meters. Few of the tissue compartments have had
time to respond to the descent, so their gas pressures are far below the equilibrium gas pressure.
- Graph *C* represents the pressures after 30 minutes at 30 m. The fast compartments have attained
equilibrium (i.e. they have reached the height of the black line indicating the equilibrium pressure). The
slower compartments (towards the right) have not reached equilibrium and are in the process of slowly
increasing in pressure.
- Graph *D* shows the pressures after ascent to a depth of 4.5 meters. Since during ascent the total
inhaled gas pressure has decreased strongly from 4 bar to 1.45 bar, the pressures in the different tissue
compartments now exceed that of the total gas pressure and approach the gradient factor value (i.e.
the top black horizontal line). Further ascent will result in exceeding the gradient
factor value (GFHigh), endangering the diver.
- Graph *E* indicates the situation after remaining at 4.5 meters for 10 minutes. The fast compartments
have decreased in pressure. As expected, the pressures in the slow compartments have not changed much.
The pressures in the fast compartments do not approach the GFHigh value any more and the diver is safer
than in the situation indicated in graph *D*.
==== The Profile Toolbar
2014-03-14 22:31:37 +00:00
The dive profile can include graphs of the *partial pressures*
2015-09-17 02:37:29 +00:00
of O~2~, N~2~, and He during the dive (see figure above) as well as a calculated and dive computer
2015-01-26 16:24:28 +00:00
reported deco ceilings (only visible for deep, long, or repetitive dives).
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
Partial pressures of oxygen are indicated in green, nitrogen in black,
and helium in dark red. These
2014-03-14 22:31:37 +00:00
partial pressure graphs are shown below the profile data.
[icon="images/icons/O2.jpg"]
[NOTE]
Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of *oxygen* during the
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
dive. This is shown below the dive depth and water temperature graphs.
2014-03-14 22:31:37 +00:00
[icon="images/icons/N2.jpg"]
[NOTE]
Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of *nitrogen* during the dive.
[icon="images/icons/He.jpg"]
[NOTE]
Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of *helium* during the dive.
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
This is only important to divers using Trimix, Helitrox or similar breathing gasses.
2014-03-14 22:31:37 +00:00
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
The *air consumption* graph displays the tank pressure and its change during the
dive. The air consumption takes depth into account so that even when manually
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
entering the start and end pressures the graph, is not a straight line.
Like the depth graph, the slope of the tank pressure gives you information
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
about the
momentary SAC rate (Surface Air Consumption) when using an air integrated dive computer.
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
Here the color
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
coding is not relative to some absolute values but relative to the average
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
normalized air consumption during the dive. So areas that are red or orange
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
indicate
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
times of increased normalized air consumption while dark green reflects times
2014-04-21 13:06:28 +00:00
when the diver was using less gas than average.
[icon="images/icons/Heartbutton.png"]
[NOTE]
2014-06-30 04:01:58 +00:00
Clicking on the heart rate button will allow the display of heart rate information
2014-04-21 13:06:28 +00:00
during the dive if the dive computer was attached to a heart rate sensor.
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
It is possible to *zoom* into the profile graph. This is done either by using
the scroll wheel / scroll gesture of your mouse or trackpad. By default
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
_Subsurface_ always shows a profile area large enough for at least 30 minutes
and 30m
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
(100ft) – this way short or shallow dives are easily recognizable;
something free divers won’ t care about.
2016-06-18 13:54:35 +00:00
2013-12-09 20:04:41 +00:00
image::images/MeasuringBar.png["FIGURE: Measuring Bar",align="center"]
2013-12-02 06:46:38 +00:00
2014-03-14 22:31:37 +00:00
[icon="images/icons/ruler.jpg"]
[NOTE]
Measurements of *depth or time differences* can be achieved by using the
*ruler button* on the left of the dive profile panel.
The measurement is done by dragging the red dots to the two points
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
on the dive profile that you wish to measure. Information is then given
2014-03-14 22:31:37 +00:00
in the horizontal white area underneath the
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
two red dots.
2014-07-17 05:42:48 +00:00
[icon="images/icons/ShowPhotos.png"]
[NOTE]
Photographs that have been added to a dive can be shown on the profile
by selecting
the *Show-photo* button. The position of a photo on the profile
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
shows the exact time when this photo was taken. If this button is not active,
2014-07-17 05:42:48 +00:00
the photos are hidden.
2014-03-14 22:31:37 +00:00
The profile can also include the dive computer reported *ceiling* (more
2014-04-21 13:06:28 +00:00
precisely, the deepest deco stop that the dive computer calculated for each
particular moment in time) as a red overlay on the dive profile. Ascent ceilings
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
occur when a direct ascent to the surface increases
2014-04-21 13:06:28 +00:00
the risk of a diver suffering from decompression sickness (DCS) and it is necessary
to either ascend
2014-03-14 22:31:37 +00:00
slower or to perform decompression stop(s) before ascending to the surface. Not
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
all dive computers record this information and make it available for download;
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
for example none of the Suunto dive computers make these data
2014-03-14 22:31:37 +00:00
available to divelog software. _Subsurface_ also calculates ceilings independently,
shown as a green overlay on the dive profile.
Because of the differences in algorithms used
and amount of data available (and other factors taken into consideration at the time
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
of the calculation) it’ s unlikely that ceilings from dive computers and from _Subsurface_
2014-04-21 13:06:28 +00:00
are the same, even if the same algorithm and _gradient factors_ (see below) are used.
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
It’ s also quite common that _Subsurface_ calculates a ceiling for
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
non-decompression dives when the dive computer stayed in non-deco mode during
the whole dive (represented by the [green]#dark green# section in the profile
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
at the beginning of this section). This is because _Subsurface’ s_
2014-03-14 22:31:37 +00:00
calculations describe the deco obligation at each moment during a dive,
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
while dive computers usually take the upcoming ascent into account. During the
2014-03-14 22:31:37 +00:00
ascent some excess nitrogen (and possibly helium) are already breathed off so
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
even though the diver technically encountered a ceiling at depth, the dive still does
not require a specific deco stop. This feature lets dive computers offer
2014-03-14 22:31:37 +00:00
longer non-stop bottom times.
2013-12-03 19:52:08 +00:00
2014-03-14 22:31:37 +00:00
[icon="images/icons/cceiling.jpg"]
[NOTE]
If the dive computer itself calculates a ceiling and makes it available to
_Subsurface_ during upload of dives, this can be
shown as a red area by checking *Dive computer reported ceiling* button on the Profile Panel.
2013-12-03 19:52:08 +00:00
2014-03-14 22:31:37 +00:00
[icon="images/icons/ceiling1.jpg"]
[NOTE]
2014-04-21 13:06:28 +00:00
If the *Calculated ceiling* button on the Profile Panel is clicked, then a ceiling,
calculated by _Subsurface_, is shown in green if it exists for
2014-03-14 22:31:37 +00:00
a particular dive (*A* in figure below). This setting can be modified in two ways:
[icon="images/icons/ceiling2.jpg"]
[NOTE]
If, in addition, the *show all tissues* button on the Profile Panel is clicked, the ceiling is shown for the tissue
compartments following the Bühlmann model (*B* in figure below).
[icon="images/icons/ceiling3.jpg"]
[NOTE]
2016-10-10 08:06:20 +00:00
===============================================================================================================
2014-03-14 22:31:37 +00:00
If, in addition, the *3m increments* button on the Profile Panel is clicked, then the ceiling is indicated in 3 m increments
(*C* in figure below).
image::images/Ceilings2.jpg["Figure: Ceiling with 3m resolution",align="center"]
2016-10-10 08:06:20 +00:00
Gradient Factor settings strongly affect the calculated ceilings and their depths. For more information about Gradient factors, see the section on xref:GradientFactors_Ref[Gradient Factor Preference settings]. The currently used gradient factors (e.g. GF 35/75) are shown above the depth profile if the appropriate toolbar buttons are activated. N.B.: The indicated gradient factors are NOT the gradient factors in use by the dive computer, but those used by Subsurface to calculate deco obligations during the dive. For more information external to this manual see:
*** http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf[Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, _Immersed_ Vol. 3, No. 3.]
*** link:http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html[Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts]
===============================================================================================================
2014-12-07 12:23:38 +00:00
[icon="images/icons/ShowCylindersButton.jpg"]
[NOTE]
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
By selecting this icon, the different cylinders used during a dive can be represented as a colored bar at the bottom
of the *Dive Profile*. In general oxygen is represented by a green bar, nitrogen a yellow bar and helium a
2014-12-07 12:23:38 +00:00
red bar. The image below shows a dive which first uses a trimix cylinder (red and green), followed by a switch to a nitrox cylinder
(yellow and green) after 23 minutes. Cylinders with air are shown as a light blue bar.
image::images/ShowCylinders_f20.jpg["Figure: Cylinder use graph",align="center"]
2016-10-10 08:06:20 +00:00
2016-09-28 02:58:34 +00:00
[icon="images/icons/heatmap.png"]
2016-10-10 08:06:20 +00:00
[NOTE]
====================================================================================
2016-10-17 13:18:00 +00:00
Display the tissue heat-map. The heat map summarises, for the duration of the dive, the inert gas tissue pressures
for each of the 16 tissue compartments of the Bühlmann model. Blue colours mean low gas pressures in a tissue compartment
and thus on-gassing, green to red means excess gas in the tissue and thus off-gassing. Fast to slow tissues are indicated from
top to bottom. The figure below explains in greater detail how the heat map can be interpreted.
2016-10-10 08:06:20 +00:00
image::images/Heatmap.jpg["Figure: Inert gas tissue pressure heat-map",align="center"]
Image *A* on the left shows the xref:S_gas_pressure_graph[Gas Pressure Graph] in the
*Information box*, representing a snapshot of inert gas pressures at a particular point in time
during the dive. The inert gas pressures of 16 tissue compartments are shown as dark green vertical
bars with the quick tissue compartments on the left and the slow tissue compartments
on the right. Refer to the section on the xref:S_gas_pressure_graph[Gas Pressure Graph]
2016-10-26 07:11:02 +00:00
for more details on the different elements of this graph.
2016-10-10 08:06:20 +00:00
Image *B* shows a gradient of unique colours, spanning the whole range of inert gas pressures.
2016-10-17 13:18:00 +00:00
It is possible to map the height of each of the dark green vertical bars of *A* to a
colour in *B*. For instance, the fastest (leftmost) dark green verical bar in *A* has
2016-10-26 07:11:02 +00:00
a height corresponding to light green part of *B*. The height of this bar can therefore be summarised
using a light green colour. Similarly, the highest dark green bar in *A* is as high
as the light orange part of *B*. The 14 remaining tissue pressure bars in *A* can also be
translated to colours. The colours represent three ranges of tissue inert gas pressure:
- The bottom range in *B* (marked _On-gassing_) includes colours from light blue to black, representing tissue gas pressures
below the equilibrium pressure of inert gas (bottom horizontal line in *A*). The measurement
unit is the % of inert gas pressure, relative to the equilibrium inert gas pressure. In this range
on-gassing of inert gas takes place because the inert gas pressure in the tissue compartment is lower than
in the surrounding environment. Black areas in the heat map indicate that a tissue compartment has reached
the equilibrium inert gas pressure, i.e. the inert gas pressure in the tissue compartment equals that
of the water in which the diver is. The equilibrium pressure changes according to depth.
- The central range in *B* includes the colours from black to light green, when the inert gas pressure of a tissue
compartment is higher than the equilibrium pressure but less than the ambient pressure.
In this zone decompression is not very efficient
because the gradient of inert gas pressure from tissue to the environment is relatively small
and indicated by dark green areas of the heat map.
- The top range in *B* (marked _Off-gassing_) includes colours from light green to red and white, repesenting tissue gas
pressures above that of the total ambient pressure (top of light green area of *A*). The measurement
unit is the % of inert gas pressure above ambient pressure, relative to the Bühlmann M-value gradient (bottom of red area
in *A*). These tissue pressures are normally reached while ascending to a shallower depth.
Below a value of 100%, this range indicates efficient off-gassing of inert gas from the tissue compartment into the
environment. Usually, efficient off-gassing is indicated by light green, yellow or orange colours.
Above 100% (red to white in *B*) the M-value gradient is exceeded and the probability of decompression sickness
increases markedly.
2016-10-10 08:06:20 +00:00
2016-10-17 13:18:00 +00:00
Image *C* shows the colour mapping of each of the vertical bars in *A*, the fast
2016-10-26 07:11:02 +00:00
tissues (on the left in *A*) depicted at the top
2016-10-17 13:18:00 +00:00
and the slow tissue compartments at the bottom of *C*. The highest vertical bar in *A*
2016-10-26 07:11:02 +00:00
(vertical bar 3rd from the left) is presented as the light orange 3rd from the top
2016-10-17 13:18:00 +00:00
in *C*. The 16 vertical bars in *A* are now presented as a vertical
2016-10-26 07:11:02 +00:00
column of 16 coloured rectangles, representing a snapshot of tissue compartment gas pressures
at a particular instant during the dive.
2016-10-10 08:06:20 +00:00
2016-10-26 07:11:02 +00:00
Image *D* is a compilation of similar colour mappings of 16 tissue compartments
during a 10-minute period of a dive, the colours representating the
inert gas loading of a tissue compartment at a point in time during the dive. Faster tissues
2016-10-17 13:18:00 +00:00
are shown at the top and slower tissues at the bottom, with time
2016-10-10 08:06:20 +00:00
forming the horizontal axis of the graph.
2016-10-17 13:18:00 +00:00
The colours of the heat map are not affected by the gradient factor settings.
2016-10-26 07:11:02 +00:00
This is because the heat map indicates tissue pressures relative to the Bühlmann M-value gradient, and
not relative to any specific gradient factor. For more information external to this manual see:
2016-10-10 08:06:20 +00:00
http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf[Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, _Immersed_ Vol. 3, No. 3.]
2016-10-26 07:11:02 +00:00
Since the colours of the heat map are not affected by the gradient factor(s), the heat map is also
applicable when using the VPM-B decompression model.
2016-10-10 08:06:20 +00:00
The image below shows the profiles and heat maps for two dives to about 45m.
The inert gas pressures in the fast tissues
2016-10-26 07:11:02 +00:00
rise much more rapidly, going through the sequence from light blue to light green and orange.
2016-10-17 13:18:00 +00:00
In contrast, the slow tissues accumulate inert gas at a much slower rate.
2016-10-10 08:06:20 +00:00
image::images/tissueHeatmap.jpg["Figure: Inert gas tissue pressure heat-map",align="center"]
===================================================================================
2013-12-03 19:52:08 +00:00
2016-10-10 08:06:20 +00:00
==== The Dive Profile context menu
2013-12-12 00:09:04 +00:00
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
The context menu for the Dive Profile is accessed by right-clicking while the
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
mouse cursor is over the Dive Profile panel. The menu lets you create
Bookmarks, Gas Change Event markers, or manual CCR set-point changes
other than the ones that might have been
imported from a Dive Computer. Markers are placed against the depth profile line,
with the time of the event set by where the mouse cursor was when the right
mouse button was first clicked to bring up the menu. Gas Change events
involve a selection of which gas is being switched TO. The list of choices is based on
the available gases defined in the *Equipment* Tab. Setpoint change
events open a dialog letting you choose the next setpoint value. As
in the planner, a setpoint value of zero shows the diver is
2014-12-17 09:17:12 +00:00
breathing from an open circuit system while any non-zero value
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
shows the use of a closed circuit rebreather (CCR).
2014-12-17 09:17:12 +00:00
By right-clicking while over
2014-12-17 18:21:07 +00:00
an existing marker a menu appears, adding options to allow deletion of the
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
marker, or to allow all markers of that type to be hidden. Hidden events can be
2014-01-25 07:49:28 +00:00
restored to view by selecting Unhide all events from the context menu.
2013-12-12 00:09:04 +00:00
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
== Organizing the logbook (Manipulating groups of dives)
2013-12-02 06:46:38 +00:00
2013-12-13 17:51:18 +00:00
=== The Dive List context menu
2013-12-02 06:46:38 +00:00
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
Several actions on either a single dive, or a group of dives, can be performed using the Dive List
Context Menu. It is found by selecting either a single dive or a group of dives and then right-clicking.
2013-12-02 06:46:38 +00:00
2015-10-09 20:08:23 +00:00
// TODO: NEEDS REPLACEMENT
image::images/ContextMenu.jpg["Figure: Context Menu",align="center"]
2013-12-02 06:46:38 +00:00
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
The context menu is used in many functions described below.
2013-12-02 06:46:38 +00:00
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
==== Customizing the columns showed in the *Dive List* panel
2014-07-24 19:16:17 +00:00
2014-12-17 18:21:07 +00:00
image::images/DiveListOptions.jpg["Example: Dive list info options",align="center"]
2014-07-24 19:16:17 +00:00
The default information in the *Dive List* includes, for each dive, Dive_number, Date, Rating, Dive_depth,
2014-12-08 16:37:19 +00:00
Dive_duration and Dive_location. This information can be controlled and changed by right-clicking on the
2014-07-24 19:16:17 +00:00
header bar of the *Dive List*. For instance, a right-click on the 'Date' header brings up a list of items
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
that can be shown in the dive list (see above). Select an item to be shown in the *Dive List* or be
deleted (reflected by the check symbols) and the list is immediately updated. Preferences for information
2015-09-21 00:23:09 +00:00
shown in the *Dive List* are saved and used when _Subsurface_ is re-opened.
2014-07-24 19:16:17 +00:00
2013-12-09 20:04:41 +00:00
[[S_Renumber]]
2013-12-02 06:46:38 +00:00
=== Renumbering the dives
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
Dives are normally numbered incrementally from non-recent dives (low sequence
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
numbers) to recent dives (higher sequence numbers). Numbering
of dives is not always consistent. For instance, when non-recent dives are
added, correct numbering does not automatically follow on because
2014-03-16 04:34:35 +00:00
of the dives that are more recent in date/time than the newly-added dive with
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
an older date/time. So you may need to renumber the dives.
Do this by selecting (from the Main Menu) _Log -> Renumber_. Users are
given a choice of the lowest sequence number to be used.
This results in new sequence numbers (based on date/time)
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
for the dives in the *Dive List* panel.
2013-12-02 06:46:38 +00:00
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
You can also renumber a few selected dives in the dive list. Select the dives that
2015-04-25 14:56:55 +00:00
need renumbering. Right-click on the selected list and use the Dive List Context Menu
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
to perform the renumbering. A popup window appears letting the user specify
the starting number for the process.
2015-04-25 14:56:55 +00:00
2013-12-09 20:04:41 +00:00
[[S_Group]]
2013-12-05 12:02:24 +00:00
=== Grouping dives into trips and manipulating trips
2013-12-02 06:46:38 +00:00
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
For regular divers, the dive list can rapidly become very long. _Subsurface_
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
can group dives into _trips_. It does this by grouping dives that have
date/times not separated in time by more than two days, so creating
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
a single heading for each diving trip represented in the dive log. Below is an
2014-02-11 18:51:20 +00:00
ungrouped dive list (*A*, on the left) as well as the corresponding grouped dive
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
list of five dive trips (*B*, on the right):
2013-12-02 06:46:38 +00:00
2013-12-08 15:48:27 +00:00
image::images/Group2.jpg["Figure: Grouping dives",align="center"]
2013-12-02 06:46:38 +00:00
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
Grouping into trips allows a rapid way of accessing individual dives without
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
having to scan a long lists of dives. To group the dives in a dive list,
2015-04-25 14:56:55 +00:00
(from the Main Menu) select _Log -> Autogroup_. The *Dive List* panel
2014-03-16 04:34:35 +00:00
now shows only the titles for the trips.
2013-12-02 06:46:38 +00:00
==== Editing the title and associated information for a particular trip
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
Normally, in the dive list, minimal information is included in the trip title.
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
More information about a trip can be added by selecting its trip title from
2015-02-14 17:16:21 +00:00
the *Dive List*. This shows a *Trip Notes* tab in the *Notes* panel. Here
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
you can add or edit information about the date/time, the trip location and any
other general comments about the trip as a whole (e.g. the dive
company that was used, the general weather and surface conditions during the trip, etc.).
2014-03-16 04:34:35 +00:00
After entering this
2015-09-21 00:23:09 +00:00
information, select *Save* from the buttons at the top right
2014-03-16 04:34:35 +00:00
of the *Trip Notes*
2015-09-21 00:23:09 +00:00
tab. The trip title in the *Dive List* panel should now reflect the
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
edited information.
2013-12-02 06:46:38 +00:00
2014-03-16 04:34:35 +00:00
==== Viewing the dives during a particular trip
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
Once the dives have been grouped into trips, you can expand one or more
2014-03-16 04:34:35 +00:00
trips by clicking the arrow-head on the left of each trip title. This expands
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
the selected trip, revealing individual dives done during the trip.
2014-03-16 04:34:35 +00:00
2013-12-02 06:46:38 +00:00
==== Collapsing or expanding dive information for different trips
2015-04-25 14:56:55 +00:00
After selecting a particular trip in the dive list, the
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
context menu allows several options to expand or collapse dives
2015-09-21 00:23:09 +00:00
within trips. This includes expanding all trips and collapsing all trips.
2013-12-02 06:46:38 +00:00
==== Merging dives from more than one trip into a single trip
2015-04-25 14:56:55 +00:00
After selecting a trip title, the context menu allows the merging
of trips by either merging the selected trip with the trip below or with the
2015-09-21 00:23:09 +00:00
trip above. (Merge trip with trip below; Merge trip with trip above)
2013-12-02 06:46:38 +00:00
==== Splitting a single trip into more than one trip
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
If a trip includes ten dives, you can split this trip into two trips (trip 1:
2015-09-21 03:13:52 +00:00
top 4 dives; trip 2: bottom 6 dives) by selecting and right-clicking the top
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
four dives. The resulting context menu lets the user create a new trip by
2015-09-21 03:13:52 +00:00
choosing the option *Create new trip above*. The top four dives are then
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
grouped
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
into a separate trip. The figures below show the selection and context menu
2014-03-16 04:34:35 +00:00
on the left (A) and
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
the completed action on the right (B):
2013-12-02 06:46:38 +00:00
2013-12-08 15:48:27 +00:00
image::images/SplitDive3a.jpg["FIGURE: Split a trip into 2 trips",align="center"]
2013-12-02 06:46:38 +00:00
2013-12-25 11:59:56 +00:00
=== Manipulating single dives
2013-12-02 06:46:38 +00:00
2013-12-25 11:59:56 +00:00
==== Delete a dive from the dive log
2013-12-02 06:46:38 +00:00
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
Dives can be permanently deleted from the dive log by selecting and
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
right-clicking them to bring up the context menu, then selecting *Delete
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
dive(s)*. Typically this would apply to a case where a user wishes to delete
workshop
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
calibration dives of the dive computer or dives of extremely short duration.
2013-12-02 06:46:38 +00:00
2013-12-25 11:59:56 +00:00
==== Unlink a dive from a trip
2013-12-02 06:46:38 +00:00
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
You can unlink dives from the trip to which they belong. To do this,
2014-03-16 04:34:35 +00:00
select and right-click
the relevant dives to bring up the context menu. Then select the option *Remove dive(s)
2015-04-25 14:56:55 +00:00
from trip*. The dive(s) now appear immediately above or below the trip to
2015-10-13 15:39:07 +00:00
which they belonged, depending on the date and time of the unlinked dive.
2013-12-02 06:46:38 +00:00
2013-12-25 11:59:56 +00:00
==== Add a dive to the trip immediately above
2013-12-02 06:46:38 +00:00
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
Selected dives can be moved from the trip to which they belong and placed within
2015-04-25 14:56:55 +00:00
a separate trip. To do this, select and right-click
the dive(s) to bring up the context menu, and then select *Create new trip above*.
2013-12-02 06:46:38 +00:00
2013-12-25 11:59:56 +00:00
==== Shift the start time of dive(s)
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
Sometimes it’ s necessary to adjust the start time of a dive. This may apply to
situations where dives are done in different time zones or when the dive
computer has a wrong time. To do this, select and right-click
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
the dive(s) to be
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
adjusted. This brings up the context menu on which the *Shift times*
option should be selected. You must then specify the
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
time
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
(in hours and minutes) by which the dives should be adjusted and click on the
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
option of whether the time adjustment should be earlier or later.
2013-12-02 06:46:38 +00:00
2013-12-25 11:59:56 +00:00
==== Merge dives into a single dive
2013-12-02 06:46:38 +00:00
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
Sometimes a dive is briefly interrupted, for example, if a diver returns to the surface
for a few minutes. That results in two or more dives being recorded by the dive
computer and appearing as different dives in the *Dive List* panel. You can
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
merge these dives onto a single dive by selecting the appropriate dives,
right-clicking them to bring up the context menu and then selecting *Merge selected
2015-02-14 17:16:21 +00:00
dives*. It may be necessary to edit the dive information in the *Notes*
2014-01-25 07:49:28 +00:00
panel to reflect events or conditions that apply to the merged dive. The figure
2015-09-21 00:23:09 +00:00
below shows the depth profile of two dives that were merged:
2013-12-02 06:46:38 +00:00
image::images/MergedDive.png["Example: Merged dive",align="center"]
2015-05-01 11:28:07 +00:00
==== Undo dive manipulations
Important actions on dives or trips, described above, can be undone or redone.
This includes: _delete dives_, _merge dives_, _renumber dives_ and _shift dive times_.
To do this after performing any of these actions, from the *Main Menu* select
_Edit_. This brings up the possibility to _Undo_ or _Redo_ an action.
2014-12-08 06:00:42 +00:00
[[S_Filter]]
2014-11-17 07:01:51 +00:00
=== Filtering the dive list
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
The dives in the *Dive List* panel can be filtered, so you can select only some
2014-11-17 07:01:51 +00:00
of the dives based on their attributes, e.g. dive tags, dive site, dive master, buddy or protective
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
clothing. For instance, filtering lets you list the deep dives at a particular
2014-11-17 07:01:51 +00:00
dive site, or otherwise the cave dives with a particular buddy.
2015-01-27 17:51:47 +00:00
To open the filter, select _Log -> Filter divelist_ from the main menu. This opens the
2014-11-17 07:01:51 +00:00
_Filter Panel_ at the top of the _Subsurface_ window. Three icons are located at the top
2015-09-21 00:23:09 +00:00
right hand of the filter panel (see image below). The _Filter Panel_ can be reset
2015-04-25 14:56:55 +00:00
(i.e. all current filters cleared) by selecting the *yellow angled arrow*. The _Filter Panel_ may also be
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
minimized by selecting the *green up-arrow". When minimized, only these three icons are shown.
The panel can be maximized by clicking the same icon that minimized it. The filter may also be
2015-04-25 14:56:55 +00:00
reset and closed by selecting the *red button* with the white cross.
2014-11-17 07:01:51 +00:00
image::images/Filterpanel.jpg["Figure: Filter panel",align="center"]
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
Four filter criteria may be used to filter the dive list: dive tags, person (buddy / divemaster), dive site
and dive suit. Each of these is represented by a check list with check boxes. Above
each check list is a second-level filter tool, allowing the listing of only some
attributes within that check list. For instance, typing "_ca_" in the filter
text box above the tags check list, results in the list being reduced
to "_cave_" and "_cavern_". Filtering the check list helps to rapidly find
search terms for filtering the dive list.
2014-11-17 07:01:51 +00:00
2015-09-21 00:23:09 +00:00
To activate filtering of the dive list, check at least one check box in one of
2015-04-25 14:56:55 +00:00
the four check lists. The dive list is then shortened to include
only the dives that pertain to the criteria specified in the check lists.
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
The four check lists work as a filter with _AND_ operators. Subsurface
filters therefore for _cave_ as a tag AND _Joe Smith_ as a buddy. But the
2014-11-17 07:27:52 +00:00
filters within a category are inclusive - filtering for _cave_ and _boat_
2015-04-25 14:56:55 +00:00
shows those dives that have either one OR both of these tags.
2014-11-17 07:01:51 +00:00
2013-12-09 20:04:41 +00:00
[[S_ExportLog]]
2013-12-02 06:46:38 +00:00
== Exporting the dive log or parts of the dive log
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
There are two ways to export dive information from Subsurface:
2015-02-02 07:07:17 +00:00
- Export dive information to _Facebook_
- xref:S_Export_other[Export dive information to other destinations or formats]
[[S_facebook]]
=== Exporting dive information to _Facebook_
2015-09-21 00:23:09 +00:00
Export of dives to _Facebook_ is handled differently from other types of export because
a connection to _Facebook_ is required, needing a _Facebook_ userID and password.
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
If, from the *Main Menu*, you select _File -> Preferences -> Facebook_, a login screen comes up.
2015-10-13 10:33:25 +00:00
(image *A* to the left, below). Provide a _Facebook_ userID and password.
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
Once logged into to _Facebook_ , the panel
in image *B*, below is shown, including a _Disconnect from Facebook_ button to close the
2015-02-02 07:07:17 +00:00
_Facebook_ connection.
image::images/facebook1_f20.jpg["Figure: Facebook login",align="center"]
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
From the _Subsurface_ window it’ s easy to determine whether _Subsurface_ has a valid connection to _Facebook_
2015-10-13 10:33:25 +00:00
From the *Main Menu*, select _Share on -> Facebook_ (image *A*, below). Normally, the _Facebook_ option is greyed out. But
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
if there is a connection to _Facebook_, this option is active (i.e. in black color and can be selected).
2015-10-13 10:33:25 +00:00
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
Having established a login to _Facebook_, transferring a dive profileto a _Facebook_ timeline is easy.
Be sure the dive to be transferred to the timeline is shown in the _Subsurface_ *Dive Profile* panel. If, from the *Main Menu*, you
select _Share on -> Facebook_ (see image *A* below), a dialogue box is shown, determining the amount of additional information transferred along
with the dive profile (image *B*, below). To transfer a dive profile to _Facebook_, the name of a
_Facebook_ album is needed. The checkboxes on the left hand side let you decide how much
2015-02-02 07:07:17 +00:00
additional information should be transferred with the dive profile. This information is shown in the text box
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
on the right hand side of the panel (image *B*, below). You can easily edit the message that will be posted
with the dive profile. After specifying the additional information and verifying the text, select
the _OK_ button that triggers the transfer to _Facebook_. After the transfer
is done, an acknowledgement dialogue appears, indicating it was successful.
Both the album created and the post to your timeline will be marked as
private. In order for friends to be able to see it,
change its permissions from a regular Facebook login either in a
browser or a Facebook app.
2015-02-02 15:20:00 +00:00
2015-02-02 07:07:17 +00:00
image::images/facebook2_f20.jpg["Figure: Facebook login",align="center"]
2015-10-12 19:33:57 +00:00
If required, then close the _Facebook_ connection by either closing _Subsurface_ or by selecting _File -> Preferences -> Facebook_ from
the Main Menu, and clicking the appropriate button on the Facebook Preferences panel.
2015-02-02 07:07:17 +00:00
[[S_Export_other]]
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
=== Export dive information to other destinations or formats
For non-_Facebook exports_, the export function can be found by selecting _File -> Export_, which brings up
2014-06-28 19:44:55 +00:00
the Export dialog. This dialog always gives two options: save ALL dives, or save only
the dives selected in *Dive List* panel of _Subsurface_. Click the appropriate
radio button (see images below).
2013-12-02 06:46:38 +00:00
2015-01-28 06:12:36 +00:00
image::images/Export_f20.jpg["Figure: Export dialog",align="center"]
2013-12-02 06:46:38 +00:00
2014-06-28 19:44:55 +00:00
A dive log or part of it can be saved in three formats:
* _Subsurface XML_ format. This is the native format used by _Subsurface_.
* Universal Dive Data Format (_UDDF_). Refer to _http://uddf.org_ for more information.
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
UDDF is a generic format that enables communication among many dive computers
and computer programs.
2013-12-02 06:46:38 +00:00
2014-06-28 19:44:55 +00:00
* _Divelogs.de_, an Internet-based dive log repository. In order to upload to _Divelogs.de_,
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
you need a user-ID as well as a password for _Divelogs.de_. Log into _http://en.divelogs.de_
and subscribe to this service to upload dive log data from _Subsurface_.
2014-06-28 19:44:55 +00:00
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
* _DiveShare_ is also a dive log repository on the Internet focusing on recreational
dives. To upload dives, you need a user ID, so registration with
2015-01-25 16:05:39 +00:00
_http://scubadiveshare.com_ is required.
* _CSV dive details_, that includes the most critical information of the dive
profile. Included information of a dive is: dive number, date, time, buddy,
duration, depth, temperature and pressure: in short, most of the information
2015-01-27 17:51:47 +00:00
that recreational divers enter into handwritten log books.
2013-12-02 06:46:38 +00:00
2015-01-27 17:51:47 +00:00
* _CSV dive profile_, that includes a large amount of detail for each dive, including
the depth profile, temperature and pressure information of each dive.
2015-01-25 16:05:39 +00:00
2014-07-04 11:37:06 +00:00
* _HTML_ format, in which the dive(s) are stored in HTML files, readable
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
with an Internet browser. Most modern web browsers are supported, but JavaScript
2015-09-21 00:23:09 +00:00
must be enabled. The HTML export cannot be changed or edited.
It contains most of the information recorded in the dive log. However, it does not show the
calculated values in the *Dive Profile* panel, e.g. calculated cylinder pressure, gas
pressures and MOD. The HTML export contains a search
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
option to search the dive log. HTML export is specified on the second tab of the
2015-01-25 16:05:39 +00:00
Export dialog (image *B* above). A typical use of this option is to export all one's
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
dives to a smartphone or a tablet where it would serve as a portable record
of dives. That is useful for dive companies that wish to verify the dive history of a diver,
often doing away with the need to carry an original logbook
2015-01-25 16:05:39 +00:00
when doing dives with dive companies.
2014-07-04 11:37:05 +00:00
2015-01-27 17:51:47 +00:00
* _Worldmap_ format, an HTML file with a world map upon which each dive and
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
some information about it are indicated. This map is not editable. If you select any
2015-01-27 17:51:47 +00:00
of the dive sites on the map, a summary of the dive is available in text, as shown
in the image below.
image::images/mapview_f20.jpg["Figure: HTML Map export view",align="center"]
* _Image depths_, which creates a text file that contains the file names of all
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
photos or images attached
to any of the selected dives in the _Dive List_, together with the depth underwater where
of each of those photos was taken.
2015-01-27 17:51:47 +00:00
2014-07-23 06:05:23 +00:00
* _General Settings_, under the HTML tab, provides the following options:
2014-07-04 11:37:05 +00:00
2014-07-23 06:05:23 +00:00
** Subsurface Numbers: if this option is checked, the dive(s) are exported with the
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
numbers associated with them in Subsurface, Otherwise the dive(s) will be numbered
starting from 1.
2014-08-17 20:31:39 +00:00
** Export Yearly Statistics: if this option is checked, a yearly statistics table will
2015-09-21 00:23:09 +00:00
be attached to the HTML exports.
** Export List only: a list of dives only (date, time, depth, duration) will be exported
and the detailed dive information, e.g. dive profile, will not be available.
2014-07-04 11:37:05 +00:00
2014-07-23 06:05:23 +00:00
* Under _Style Options_ some style-related options are available like font
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
size and theme.
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
Export to other formats can be done through third party facilities, for
2014-03-26 09:37:49 +00:00
instance _www.divelogs.de_.
2013-12-10 09:05:35 +00:00
2014-07-29 12:22:30 +00:00
[[S_Cloud_access]]
2014-07-30 19:18:31 +00:00
== Keeping a _Subsurface_ dive log in the Cloud
2014-07-29 12:22:30 +00:00
For each diver, dive log information is highly important. Not only is it a record
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
of diving activities for one's own pleasure, but it’ s important information required
for admission to training courses or sometimes even diving sites. The
security of the dive log is critical. To have a dive log that is
2014-07-29 12:22:30 +00:00
resistant to failure of a home computer hard drive, loss or theft of equipment, the
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
Cloud is an obvious solution. This also has the added benefit that you can access your dive
log from anywhere in the world. For this reason, facilities such as _divelogs.de_ and _Diving Log_ offer to store
2015-08-20 10:01:41 +00:00
dive log information on the Internet.
2015-06-14 22:10:13 +00:00
_Subsurface_ includes access to a transparently integrated cloud storage
2015-10-13 15:39:07 +00:00
back end that is available to all Subsurface users. Storing and retrieving a dive log
2015-09-14 18:55:06 +00:00
from the cloud is no more difficult than accessing the dives on the local hard disk.
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
The only requirement is that you should first register as a user on the cloud.
2015-09-14 18:55:06 +00:00
To use _Subsurface cloud storage_ , follow these steps:
=== Create a cloud storage account
** Open the *Network Preferences* by selecting _File_ -> _Preferences_ -> _Network_.
** In the section headed _Subsurface cloud storage_, enter an email address that
2015-10-09 20:08:23 +00:00
_Subsurface_ can use for user registration.
** Enter a novel password that _Subsurface_ will use to store the
2015-09-14 18:55:06 +00:00
dive log in the cloud.
** Click _Apply_ to send the above email address and password to the
(remote) cloud server. The server responds by sending a verification PIN to
the above email address (This is the *only* occasion that _Subsurface_ uses the
email address provided above). The *Network Preferences* dialog now has a new PIN text
box, not visible previously.
** Enter the PIN in the corresponding text box in the *Network Preferences* dialog
(this field is only visible while the server is waiting for email
2015-06-14 22:10:13 +00:00
address confirmation)
2015-09-14 18:55:06 +00:00
** Click _Apply_ again. The _Subsurface cloud storage_ account
will be marked as verified and the _Subsurface cloud storage_ service is initialised for use.
2015-06-14 22:10:13 +00:00
2015-09-14 18:55:06 +00:00
=== Using _Subsurface cloud storage_
2015-06-14 22:10:13 +00:00
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
** Once the cloud storage has been initialized, two new items appear in the
2015-09-14 18:55:06 +00:00
_File_ menu of the main menu system: _Open cloud storage_ and _Save to cloud storage_.
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
These options let you load and save data to the _Subsurface
2015-09-14 18:55:06 +00:00
cloud storage_ server.
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
** In the _Defaults Preferences_ tab, you can select to use the _Subsurface cloud
storage_ data as the default data file by checking the box marked _Cloud storage default file_.
This means the data from
the _Subsurface cloud storage_ is loaded when _Subsurface_ starts and saved there when _Subsurface_ closes.
2015-06-14 22:10:13 +00:00
2015-09-14 18:55:06 +00:00
** _Subsurface_ keeps a local copy of the data and the cloud facility remains fully
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
functional even if used while disconnected to the Internet. _Subsurface_ simply synchronizes the
data with the cloud server the next time the program is used while the computer is
2015-09-14 18:55:06 +00:00
connected to the Internet.
2015-06-14 22:10:13 +00:00
2015-09-24 00:23:38 +00:00
[[S_Cloud_storage]]
2015-09-14 18:55:06 +00:00
=== Web access to _Subsurface cloud storage_
2015-09-10 16:52:21 +00:00
One of the nice side benefits of using _Subsurface cloud storage_ is that
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
you can also access your dive data from any web browser. Simply open
2015-09-14 18:55:06 +00:00
https://cloud.subsurface-divelog.org[_https://cloud.subsurface-divelog.org_],
2015-09-10 16:52:21 +00:00
log in with the same email and password, and you can see an HTML export of
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
the last dive data that was synced to _Subsurface cloud storage_. The dive information
shown is only the contents of the recorded dive logs, NOT the calculated values
2015-09-14 18:55:06 +00:00
shown in the *Profile* panel,
including some cylinder pressures, deco ceilings and O~2~/He/N~2~ partial pressures.
2015-09-10 16:52:21 +00:00
2015-09-14 18:55:06 +00:00
=== Other cloud services
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
If you prefers not to use the integrated cloud storage of dive logs (and
don't need the web access), it’ s simple to store
2015-09-10 16:52:21 +00:00
dive logs in the cloud using several of the existing facilities on the
Internet.
2014-07-29 12:22:30 +00:00
For instance
http://www.dropbox.com/[_Dropbox_]
offers a free application that allows
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
files on the Dropbox servers to be seen as a local folder on a desktop computer.
2014-07-29 12:22:30 +00:00
image::images/Cloud.jpg["FIGURE: Dropbox folder",align="center"]
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
The _Dropbox_ program creates a copy of the _Dropbox_ Internet Cloud content on your
2014-07-31 07:35:54 +00:00
desktop computer. When the computer is connected to the Internet, the Internet
content is automatically updated. Therefore both the _Open_ and _Save_ of dive logs are done
using the local copy of the dive log in the local _Dropbox_ folder, so there's no need
for a direct internet connection. If the local copy is modified, e.g. by adding a dive,
the remote copy in the _Dropbox_ server in the Cloud will be automatically updated whenever
Internet access is available.
2014-07-31 08:01:45 +00:00
In this way a dive log in
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
your _Dropbox_ folder can be accessed seamlessly from the Internet and can
be accessed anywhere with Internet access. Currently there are no costs
2014-07-31 08:01:45 +00:00
involved for this service. Dropbox (Windows, Mac
2014-07-29 12:22:30 +00:00
and Linux) can be installed by accessing the
http://www.dropbox.com/install[_Install Page on the Dropbox website_]
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
. Alternatively you can use _Dropbox_ as a way back up your dive log. To
2015-09-14 18:55:06 +00:00
Store a dive log on _Dropbox_, select _File -> Save as_ from the _Subsurface_ main menu,
2014-07-29 12:22:30 +00:00
navigate to the _Dropbox_ folder and select the _Save_ button. To access the dive log
2015-09-14 18:55:06 +00:00
in _Dropbox_, select _File -> Open Logbook_ from the _Subsurface_
2014-07-29 12:22:30 +00:00
main menu and navigate to the dive log file in the _Dropbox_ folder and select the
_Open_ button.
2014-07-31 08:01:45 +00:00
Several paid services exist on the Internet (e.g. Google, Amazon) where the same
process could be used for the Cloud-based storage of dive logs.
2013-12-10 09:05:35 +00:00
[[S_PrintDivelog]]
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
== Printing a dive log
2013-12-10 09:05:35 +00:00
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
_Subsurface_ provides a simple and flexible way to print a whole dive log or only a few selected dives.
2015-09-06 20:17:50 +00:00
Pre-installed templates or a custom written template can be used to choose where the data are fitted into the page.
2013-12-10 09:05:35 +00:00
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
Some decisions need to be made before printing:
2013-12-10 09:05:35 +00:00
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
- Should the whole dive log be printed or only part of it? If only part
is required, select the required dives from the *Dive List* panel.
- If the dive profiles are printed, what gas partial pressure information should be shown? Select
2015-09-06 20:17:50 +00:00
the appropriate toggle-buttons on the button bar to the left of the *Dive Profile* panel.
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
If _File -> Print_ is selected from the Main menu, the dialogue below (image *A*) appears. Three
specifications are needed to get the desired information and page layout:
2015-09-06 20:17:50 +00:00
image::images/Print1_f22.jpg["FIGURE: Print dialogue",align="center"]
1. Under _Print type_ select one of two options:
- _Dive list print_: Print dives from the *Dive List* panel with profiles and other information.
- _Statistics print_: Print yearly statistics of the dives.
2013-12-10 09:05:35 +00:00
2015-09-06 20:17:50 +00:00
2. Under _Print options_ select:
2013-12-10 09:05:35 +00:00
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
- Printing only the dives selected from the dive list before
2015-09-06 20:17:50 +00:00
activating the print dialogue by checking the box _Print only
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
selected dives_. If this check box is *not* checked ALL dives in
2015-09-06 20:17:50 +00:00
the *Dive List* panel are printed.
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
- Printing in color, done by checking the box with _Print in color. If this check box
is not checked, printing is in black and white.
2014-07-25 08:44:51 +00:00
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
3. Under _Template_ select a template to be used as the page layout. There are several choices.
2015-09-06 20:17:50 +00:00
(see image *B*, above).
2013-12-10 09:05:35 +00:00
2015-09-06 20:17:50 +00:00
- _Table_: This prints a summary table of all dives selected (see below).
2013-12-10 09:05:35 +00:00
2015-09-06 20:17:50 +00:00
image::images/Print_summarylist_f22.jpg["FIGURE: Print summary table",align="center"]
2013-12-10 09:05:35 +00:00
2015-10-09 20:08:23 +00:00
- _Flow layout_: Print the text associated with each dive without printing the dive profiles
2015-09-06 20:17:50 +00:00
of each dive (see below):
2013-12-10 09:05:35 +00:00
2015-09-06 20:17:50 +00:00
image::images/Print_flow_layout_f22.jpg["FIGURE: Print flow layout",align="center"]
2015-08-20 17:20:40 +00:00
2015-09-06 20:17:50 +00:00
- _One Dive_: Print one dive per page, also showing the dive profile (see below)
2015-08-20 17:20:40 +00:00
2015-09-06 20:17:50 +00:00
image::images/print2_f22.jpg["FIGURE: Print one dive / page",align="center"]
2015-08-20 17:20:40 +00:00
2015-09-06 20:17:50 +00:00
- _Two Dives_: Print two dives per page, also showing the dive profiles.
- _Six Dives_: Print six dives per page, also showing the dive profiles.
2013-12-10 09:05:35 +00:00
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
You can _Preview_ the printed page by selecting the _Preview_ button on the
dialogue (see image *A* at the start of this section). After preview, you can change
the options in the print dialogue, so the layout fits personal taste.
2015-09-06 20:17:50 +00:00
Next, select the _Print_ button (see image *A* at the start of this section). This activates the regular print
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
dialogue used by the operating system,
letting you choose a printer and set its properties (see image below):
2015-09-06 20:17:50 +00:00
2015-10-09 20:08:23 +00:00
image::images/Print_print_f22.jpg["FIGURE: Print dialog",align="center"]
2015-09-06 20:17:50 +00:00
Set the print resolution of the printer to an appropriate value by changing
the printer _Properties_. Finally, select the _Print_ button to print the dives.
Below is a (rather small) example of the output for one particular page.
2014-01-29 06:04:49 +00:00
image::images/Printpreview.jpg["FIGURE: Print preview page",align="center"]
2013-12-10 09:05:35 +00:00
2015-10-12 16:41:00 +00:00
=== Writing a custom print template (advanced)
2015-08-20 17:20:40 +00:00
2015-09-06 20:17:50 +00:00
Writing a custom template is an effective way to produce highly customized printouts. Subsurface uses HTML templates
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
to render printing. You can create a template, export a new template, import an existing template and delete an existing template by using
the appropriate buttons under the _Template_ dropdown list in the print dialogue. See <<S_APPENDIX_E,APPENDIX E>> for information on how
to write or modify a template.
2013-12-10 09:05:35 +00:00
2015-01-30 17:59:49 +00:00
[[S_Configure]]
== Configuring a dive computer
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
_Subsurface_ lets you configure a dive computer. Currently the Heinrichs-Weikamp (OSTC 2, OSTC 3) and
2015-01-30 17:59:49 +00:00
Suunto Vyper (Stinger, Mosquito, D3, Vyper, Vytec,
Cobra, Gekko and Zoop) family of dive computers are supported. A large number of settings of these dive computers
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
can be read and changed to different values. To begin, be sure the appropriate hardware driver
is installed for the dive computer (also required for downloading dives) and the device name of the dive computer is known.
See <<_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive
_information_from_a_dive_computer,APPENDIX A>> for information on how to do this.
2015-01-30 17:59:49 +00:00
Once the dive computer is connected to the _Subsurface_ computer, select _File -> Configure dive
computer_ from the _Main Menu_. Provide the appropriate device name in the text box at the
2015-09-21 03:13:52 +00:00
top of the configuration panel and select the appropriate dive
2015-10-13 15:39:07 +00:00
computer model from the panel on the left-hand (see image below).
2015-01-30 17:59:49 +00:00
image::images/Configure_dc_f20.jpg["FIGURE: Configure dive computer",align="center"]
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
Using the appropriate buttons on the configuration panel, the following actions can be done:
2015-01-30 17:59:49 +00:00
- *Retrieve available details*. This loads the existing configuration from the dive computer
2015-09-21 03:13:52 +00:00
to _Subsurface_, showing it in the configuration panel.
2015-01-30 17:59:49 +00:00
- *Save changes to device*. This changes the configuration of the
dive computer to correspond to the information shown in the configuration panel.
- *Backup*. This saves the configuration data to a file. _Subsurface_ asks for
a file location and file name for the saved information.
- *Restore backup*. This loads the information from a backup file and displays it
in the configuration panel.
- *Update firmware*. If new firmware is available for the dive computer, this is
loaded into the dive computer.
2013-12-09 20:04:41 +00:00
[[S_Preferences]]
2014-03-23 06:34:54 +00:00
== Setting user _Preferences_ for _Subsurface_
2013-12-04 19:18:23 +00:00
2015-10-13 15:39:07 +00:00
There are several user-definable settings within _Subsurface_, found by selecting
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
_File -> Preferences_. The settings are in
seven groups: *Defaults*, *Units*, *Graph*, *Language* and *Network*, *Facebook* and *Georeference*.
All operate on the same principles: the user must specify settings that are to be changed, then
save them using the *Apply* button. After applying all the new settings users can then
2015-10-12 15:38:37 +00:00
leave the settings panel by selecting *OK*. If *Discard* is selected, changes to the preferences
are not saved.
2013-12-04 19:18:23 +00:00
=== Defaults
2014-06-29 08:17:32 +00:00
There are several settings in the *Defaults* panel:
2013-12-04 19:18:23 +00:00
2015-01-29 07:15:01 +00:00
image::images/Pref1_f20.jpg["FIGURE: Preferences defaults page",align="center"]
2014-01-29 06:04:49 +00:00
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
** *Lists and tables*: Here you can specify the font type and font size of the
*Dive Table* panel: By decreasing the font size of the *Dive Table*, you can see more dives on a screen.
2013-12-04 19:18:23 +00:00
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
** *Dives*: For the _Default Dive File_ you need to specify the directory and
file name of your
2015-10-14 09:57:10 +00:00
electronic dive log book. This is a file with filename extension of either _.xml_ or _.ssrf_. When
2015-09-24 00:23:38 +00:00
launched, _Subsurface_ will automatically load the specified dive log book. There are three options:
- _No default file_: When checked, _Subsurface_ does not automatically load a dive log at startup.
- _Local default file_: When checked, _Subsurface_ automatically loads a dive log from the local hard disk
2015-10-09 20:08:23 +00:00
as described above.
2015-09-24 00:23:38 +00:00
- _Cloud storage default file_: When checked, _Subsurface automatically loads the dive log from the cloud
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
device that was initialized using the *Preferences* _Network_ tab (see below).
2013-12-04 19:18:23 +00:00
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
** *Display invalid*: Dives can be marked as invalid (when a user wishes to hide
2015-10-12 15:38:37 +00:00
dives that he/she doesn't consider valid dives, e.g. pool dives, but still want to
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
keep them in the dive log). This controls whether those dives are displayed in
the dive list.
2013-12-04 19:18:23 +00:00
2015-09-24 00:23:38 +00:00
** *Default cylinder*: Specify the default cylinder listed in
2015-02-14 17:16:21 +00:00
the *Equipment* tab of the *Notes* panel.
2013-12-04 19:18:23 +00:00
2014-04-05 13:54:53 +00:00
** *Animations*: Some actions in showing the dive profile are performed using
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
animations. For instance, the axis values for depth and time change from dive to
dive. When viewing a different dive, these changes in axis characteristics do not
happen instantaneously, but are animated. The _Speed_ of animations can be controlled
by setting this slider
2015-09-24 00:23:38 +00:00
with faster animation speed to the left, and a 0 value representing no animation
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
at all.
2014-04-05 13:54:53 +00:00
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
** *Clear all settings*: As indicated in the button below this heading, all settings are
cleared and set to default values.
2014-06-29 08:17:32 +00:00
2013-12-04 19:18:23 +00:00
=== Units
2015-01-29 07:15:01 +00:00
image::images/Pref2_f20.jpg["FIGURE: Preferences Units page",align="center"]
2014-01-29 06:04:49 +00:00
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
Here you can choose between metric and imperial units of depth, pressure,
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
volume, temperature and mass. By selecting the Metric or Imperial radio button
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
at the top, you can specify that all units are in the chosen measurement system.
Alternatively, if you select the *Personalize* radio button, units can be selected
independently, with some in the metric system and others in imperial.
2013-12-04 19:18:23 +00:00
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
Regardless
2015-09-24 00:23:38 +00:00
of the above settings, dive time measurements can be either in seconds or minutes.
Choose the appropriate option. GPS coordinates can be represented either as
2015-10-09 20:08:23 +00:00
traditional coordinates (degrees, minutes, seconds) or as decimal degrees
Choose the appropriate option.
2015-09-24 00:23:38 +00:00
2013-12-04 19:18:23 +00:00
=== Graph
2015-01-25 16:05:39 +00:00
[[S_CCR_options]]
2015-01-27 17:51:47 +00:00
image::images/Pref3_f20.jpg["FIGURE: Preferences Graph page",align="center"]
2014-01-29 06:04:49 +00:00
2014-03-14 22:31:37 +00:00
[[S_GradientFactors]]
2013-12-04 19:18:23 +00:00
This panel allows two type of selections:
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
* *Show*: Here you can specify the amount of information shown as part of
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
the dive profile:
2014-06-29 08:17:32 +00:00
** Thresholds: _Subsurface_ can display the nitrogen, oxygen and the helium partial pressures during
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
the dive, done by using the toolbar on the left hand side of the *Dive Profile*
panel. For each of these graphs you can specify a threshold value on the right-hand side of the
2015-09-24 00:23:38 +00:00
Preferences panel. If any of the graphs go above the specified threshold level, the graph is
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
highlighted in red, indicating the particular partial pressure threshold has been exceeded.
2015-10-12 15:38:37 +00:00
** _Max pO~2~ is used for calculating the MOD when displaying the maximum operative depth (MOD)
2015-09-24 00:23:38 +00:00
for a dive. Specify an appropriate partial pressure. A value of 1.4 is commonly used.
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
** _Draw dive computer reported ceiling red_: This checkbox does exactly what it says. By default
2015-09-24 00:23:38 +00:00
the computer reported ceiling is shown in white.
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
Not all dive computers report ceiling values. If the dive computer does report it, it may differ
2015-10-12 15:38:37 +00:00
from the ceilings calculated by _Subsurface_ because of the different algorithms and
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
gradient factors, as well as the dynamic way a
dive computer calculates ceilings during a dive.
** _Show unused cylinders in Equipment Tab_: This checkbox allows display of information about unused cylinders when viewing the
*Equipment Tab*. If this box is not checked, and if any cylinders entered using the *Equipment Tab* are not used (e.g. there
was no gas switch to such a cylinder), then these cylinders are omitted from that list.
** _Show average depth_: If this box is checked, the *Dive Profile* panel contains a grey line that shows
the mean depth of the dive, up to any time instant during the dive. Normally this is a u-shaped line indicating the deepest mean depth just before
2015-02-05 18:42:21 +00:00
ascent.
2013-12-04 19:18:23 +00:00
2016-10-10 08:06:20 +00:00
[[GradientFactors_Ref]]
2014-07-30 21:08:00 +00:00
* *Misc*:
2015-09-24 00:23:38 +00:00
** Gradient Factors (GFLow and GFHigh):* Set the _gradient factors_ used while diving. GF_Low is
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
the gradient factor at depth and GF_High is used just below the surface.
At intermediate depths gradient factors between GF_Low and GF_High are used.
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
Gradient factors add conservatism to nitrogen exposure during a dive, in a
similar way that many dive computers have a conservative setting. The lower
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
the value of a gradient factor, the more conservative the calculations are with
respect to nitrogen loading and the deeper the ascent ceilings are. Gradient
2015-09-24 00:23:38 +00:00
factors of 20/60 are considered conservative and values of 70/90 are considered
harsh. Checking the *GFLow at max depth* box causes GF_Low to be used at the
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
deepest depth of a dive. If this box is not checked, GF_Low is applied at
all depths deeper than the first deco stop. For more information see:
2013-12-04 19:18:23 +00:00
2015-01-25 16:05:39 +00:00
*** http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf[Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, _Immersed_ Vol. 3, No. 3.]
*** link:http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html[Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts]
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
** _CCR: Show setpoints when viewing pO2:_ With this checkbox activated, the pO~2~
graph on the dive profile has an overlay in red which indicates the CCR setpoint
2015-01-25 16:05:39 +00:00
values. See the section on xref:S_CCR_dives[Closed Circuit Rebreather dives].
** _CCR: Show individual O~2~ sensor values when viewing pO~2~:_ Show the pO~2~
values associated with each of the individual oxygen sensors of a CCR system.
See the section on xref:S_CCR_dives[Closed Circuit Rebreather dives].
* *Configuring dive planning using rebreather equipment:*
** _Default CCR setpoint for dive planning:_ Specify the O~2~ setpoint for a
2015-09-24 00:23:38 +00:00
CCR dive plan. This determines the pO~2~ maintained
during a particular dive. Setpoint changes during the dive can be added via the
2015-01-30 10:57:57 +00:00
profile context menu.
2015-01-25 16:05:39 +00:00
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
** _pSCR O~2~ metabolism rate:_ For a semi-closed rebreather (pSCR) system, this is the
2015-09-24 00:23:38 +00:00
volume of oxygen used by a diver during a minute. Set this value for pSCR dive planning
2015-01-30 10:57:57 +00:00
and decompression calculations.
2015-01-25 16:05:39 +00:00
** _pSCR ratio:_ For pSCR equipment the dump ratio is the ratio of gas released to the
environment to that of the gas recirculated to the diver. Set this value for a
2015-09-24 00:23:38 +00:00
pSCR dive plan. A 1:10 ratio is commonly used.
2013-12-04 19:18:23 +00:00
2013-12-09 20:04:41 +00:00
2014-06-29 08:17:32 +00:00
=== Language
2014-07-30 21:08:00 +00:00
Choose a language that _Subsurface_ will use.
2014-06-29 08:17:32 +00:00
2015-01-29 07:15:01 +00:00
image::images/Pref4_f20.jpg["FIGURE: Preferences Language page",align="center"]
2014-06-29 08:17:32 +00:00
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
A checkbox lets you use the _System Default_ language which in most cases
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
will be the correct setting; with this _Subsurface_ simply runs in the same
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
language / country settings as the underlying operating system.
To change it, uncheck this checkbox and pick a language / country
combination from the list of locations. The _Filter_ text box
lists similar languages. For instance there are several system variants of English
2015-09-24 00:23:38 +00:00
or French. *This particular preference requires a restart of _Subsurface_ to take
effect*.
2014-06-29 08:17:32 +00:00
=== Network
This panel facilitates communication between _Subsurface_ and data sources on the Internet.
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
This is important, for instance, when _Subsurface_ needs to communicate with web
services such as Cloud storage or the <<S_Companion,_Subsurface
Companion app_>>. These Internet requirements are determined by your type of
2014-06-29 08:17:32 +00:00
connection to the Internet and by the Internet Service Provider (ISP) used.
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
Your ISP should provide the appropriate information.
2015-09-24 00:23:38 +00:00
image::images/Pref5_f20.jpg["FIGURE: Preferences Network page",align="center"]
This dialogue has three sections:
** _Proxy type_:
If a proxy server is used for Internet access, the type of proxy needs to be selected from the dropdown list,
2014-06-29 08:17:32 +00:00
after which the IP address of the host and the appropriate port number should
be provided. If the proxy server uses authentication, the appropriate userID and
2015-09-24 00:23:38 +00:00
password are required so that _Subsurface_ can automatically pass
through the proxy server to access the Internet. This information is usually obtained
from one's ISP.
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
** _Subsurface cloud storage_: To store your dive log in the cloud, a valid email address
and password are required. This lets _Subsurface_ email security information
regarding cloud storage to you, and to set up cloud storage appropriately.
2015-09-24 00:23:38 +00:00
Two additional options are given:
2015-10-09 20:08:23 +00:00
- _Sync to cloud in the background_: This option allows saving of dive information to the cloud storage
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
while you do other things within _Subsurface_.
2015-09-24 00:23:38 +00:00
- _Save password locally_: This allows local storage of the cloud storage password. Note that this
information is saved in raw text form, not encoded in any way.
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
** _Subsurface web service_: When you subscribe to the <<S_Companion,Subsurface web service>>, a very
2015-09-24 00:23:38 +00:00
long and hard-to-remember userID is issued. This is the place to save that userID. By
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
checking the option _Save User ID locally?_, you ensure a local copy of that userID is saved.
2014-06-28 16:32:44 +00:00
2015-09-24 00:23:38 +00:00
[[S_Facebook]]
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
=== Facebook Access
This panel lets you log into a Facebook account in order to transfer information
from Subsurface to Facebook.
2015-02-02 07:07:17 +00:00
image::images/Pref6_f20.jpg["FIGURE: Facebook login panel",align="center"]
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
If you provide a valid Facebook userID and password, a
connection to Facebook is created. That connection is closed when one
closing down Subsurface. Currently the checkbox labelled "Keep me logged in to Subsurface",
2015-02-02 15:20:00 +00:00
on the login screen has no effect.
See the section xref:S_facebook[Exporting dive profiles to Facebook]
2015-02-02 07:07:17 +00:00
for more information.
2015-01-30 17:59:49 +00:00
2015-09-24 00:23:38 +00:00
=== Georeference
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
_Subsurface_ provides a geo-lookup service (that is, given the coordinates of a dive site) derived from
2015-10-12 15:38:37 +00:00
a click on the *Dive Map panel* at the bottom right of the _Subsurface_ window, or from a GPS instrument or
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
from the _Subsurface_ Companion app). A search on the Internet is done to find
the name of the closest known location. This function only works if _Subsurface_ has an
2015-10-12 15:38:37 +00:00
Internet connection. The preference of the dive site name can be configured, e.g. _Country/State/City_
or _City/State/Country_ (see image below).
image::images/Pref7_f20.jpg["FIGURE: Facebook login panel",align="center"]
2015-09-24 00:23:38 +00:00
2014-04-05 13:54:53 +00:00
[[S_DivePlanner]]
2014-06-28 16:32:44 +00:00
== The _Subsurface_ dive planner
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
Dive planning is an advanced feature of _Subsurface_, accessed by selecting
2015-01-27 17:51:47 +00:00
_Log -> Plan Dive_ from the main menu. It allows calculation of
2015-01-25 16:05:39 +00:00
nitrogen load during a dive by using the Bühlmann ZH-L16 algorithm with the addition
of gradient factors as implemented by Erik Baker.
2014-06-28 07:21:07 +00:00
****
[icon="images/icons/warning2.png"]
[WARNING]
The _Subsurface_ dive planner IS CURRENTLY EXPERIMENTAL
and assumes the user is already familiar with the _Subsurface_
2014-04-05 13:54:53 +00:00
user interface. It is explicitly used under the following conditions:
- The user is conversant with dive planning and has the necessary training to perform
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
dive planning.
2014-04-05 13:54:53 +00:00
- The user plans dives within his/her certification limits.
- Dive planning makes large assumptions about the characteristics of the _average person_
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
and cannot compensate for individual physiology or health or personal history or
life style characteristics.
2014-04-05 13:54:53 +00:00
- The safety of a dive plan depends heavily on the way in which the planner is used.
2014-06-28 07:21:07 +00:00
- The user is familiar with the user interface of _Subsurface_.
2014-04-05 13:54:53 +00:00
- A user who is not absolutely sure about any of the above requirements should not use
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
this feature.
2014-06-28 07:21:07 +00:00
****
=== The _Subsurface_ dive planner screen
Like the _Subsurface_ dive log, the planner screen is divided into several sections (see image below). The *setup*
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
parameters for a dive are entered into the sections on the left hand side of the screen.
They are: Available Gases, Rates, Planning, Gas Options and Notes.
2014-04-05 13:54:53 +00:00
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
At the top right hand is a green *design panel* on which the profile of the dive can be
2014-06-28 07:21:07 +00:00
manipulated directly by dragging and clicking as explained below. This feature makes the
_Subsurface_ dive planner unique in ease of use.
2014-06-30 04:01:58 +00:00
At the bottom right is a text panel with a heading of _Dive Plan Details_. This is where the details of
2014-06-28 07:21:07 +00:00
the dive plan are provided in a way that can easily be copied to other software. This is also where
any warning messages about the dive plan are printed.
2015-01-29 11:45:29 +00:00
image::images/PlannerWindow1_f20.jpg["FIGURE: Dive planner startup window",align="center"]
2014-06-28 07:21:07 +00:00
2015-05-01 11:28:07 +00:00
=== Open circuit dives
2014-04-05 13:54:53 +00:00
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
- Towards the center bottom of the planner (circled in blue in the image above) is a dropbox with three options. Select the appropriate one of these:
2015-01-30 17:59:49 +00:00
** Open Circuit (the default)
** CCR
** pSCR
2014-04-05 13:54:53 +00:00
2015-05-01 11:28:07 +00:00
- Choose the Open Circuit option.
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
- In the top left-hand area of the planning screen, be sure the constant dive parameters are
2015-05-01 11:28:07 +00:00
appropriate. These are: Start date and time of the intended dive, Atmospheric Pressure and Altitude
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
above sea level of the dive site. The atmospheric pressure can also be entered as an altitude
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
in meters, assuming a sea-level atmospheric pressure of 1.013 bar.
2014-04-05 13:54:53 +00:00
2015-10-09 20:08:23 +00:00
- In the table labelled _Available Gases_, add the information of the cylinders to be used
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
as well as the gas composition within that cylinder. This is done in a similar way as for
2015-10-14 09:57:10 +00:00
<<cylinder_definitions,providing cylinder data for dive logs>>. Choose the cylinder type by
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
double clicking the cylinder type and using the dropdown list, then specify the work
2016-08-02 01:02:16 +00:00
pressure of this cylinder. By leaving the oxygen concentration (O2%) field empty,
2015-01-30 17:59:49 +00:00
the cylinder is assumed to contain air. Otherwise enter the oxygen and/or helium
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
concentration in the boxes provided in this dialogue. Add additional cylinders by using the
2015-10-13 15:39:07 +00:00
"+" icon to the top right-hand of the dialogue.
2014-04-05 13:54:53 +00:00
2016-08-02 01:02:15 +00:00
- The _Available Gases_ table includes three gas depth fields, labelled:
** Deco switch at: the switch depth for deco gases. Unless overridden by the user, this will be
automatically calculated based on the Deco pO₂ preference (default 1.6 bar)
** Bot. MOD: the gas Maximum Operating Depth (MOD) if it is used as a bottom mix. Automatically
calculated based on the Bottom pO₂ preference (default 1.4 bar). Editing this field will modify the
O₂% according to the depth set. Set to ''*'' to calculate the best O₂% for the dive maximum depth.
** MND: the gas Maximum Narcotic Depth (MND). Automatically calculated based on the Best Mix END
preference (default 30m / 98 ft). Editing this field will modify the He% according to the depth set.
Set to ''*'' to calculate the best He% for the dive maximum depth.
2015-05-01 11:28:07 +00:00
- The profile of the planned dive can be created in two ways:
* Drag the waypoints
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
(the small white circles) on the existing dive profile to represent the dive. Additional
2015-05-01 11:28:07 +00:00
waypoints can be created by double-clicking the existing dive profile. Waypoints can be deleted
by right-clicking a particular waypoint and selecting the _delete_ item from the resulting
context menu.
* The most efficient way to create a dive profile is to enter the appropriate values into the table
marked _Dive planner points_. The first line of the table represents the duration and the final
depth of the descent from the surface. Subsequent segments describe the bottom phase of the dive.
The _CC set point_ column is only relevant for closed circuit divers.
The ascent is usually not specified because this is what the planner is supposed to calculate.
Add additional segments to the profile by selecting the "+" icon at the top right hand of the
table. Segments entered into the _Dive planner points_ table automatically appear in the *Dive
Profile* diagram.
2014-04-05 13:54:53 +00:00
2015-04-28 08:25:42 +00:00
==== Recreational dives
2015-10-12 19:33:57 +00:00
Recreational mode is what comes closest to planning a dive based on the non-decompression limit (NDL).
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
It computes the maximum time a diver can stay at the current depth without needing mandatory decompression
2015-10-13 10:33:25 +00:00
stops and without using more than the existing gas (minus a reserve). The planner automatically takes
2015-04-28 08:25:42 +00:00
into account the nitrogen load incurred in previous dives. But conventional dive tables are also used in a
way that can take into account previous dives. Why use a dive planner for recreational dives? Using
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
recreational dive tables, the maximum depth of a dive is taken into account. But few dives are
done at a constant depth corresponding to the maximum depth (i.e. a "square" dive profile). This means
dive tables overestimate the nitrogen load incurred during previous dives. The _Subsurface_
2015-04-28 08:25:42 +00:00
dive planner calculates nitrogen load according to the real dive profiles of all uploaded previous dives,
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
in a similar way as dive computers calculate nitrogen load during a dive. This means that the diver gets 'credit,'
in terms of nitrogen load, for not remaining at maximum depth during
previous dives, so a longer subsequent dive can be planned.
For the planner to work it's crucial to upload all previous dives
onto _Subsurface_ before doing dive planning.
2015-10-12 19:33:57 +00:00
To plan a dive, the appropriate settings need to be defined.
2015-04-28 08:25:42 +00:00
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
- Ensure the date and time is set to that of the intended dive. This allows calculation of
2015-04-28 08:25:42 +00:00
the nitrogen load incurred during previous dives.
2015-05-01 11:28:07 +00:00
- Immediately under the heading _Planning_ are two checkboxes _Recreational_ and _Safety Stop_.
Check these two boxes.
2015-04-28 08:25:42 +00:00
- Then define the cylinder size,
2015-05-01 11:28:07 +00:00
the gas mixture (air or % oxygen) and the starting cylinder pressure in the top left-hand
section of the planner under _Available gases_.
2015-04-28 08:25:42 +00:00
- The planner calculates whether the specified cylinder contains enough air/gas to complete
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
the planned dive. In order for this to be accurate, under _Gas options_, specify an appropriate
2015-05-01 11:28:07 +00:00
surface air consumption (SAC) rate for _Bottom SAC_. Suitable values are between 15 l/min and 30 l/min,
with novice divers or difficult dives requiring SAC rates closer to 30l/min.
2015-04-28 08:25:42 +00:00
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
- Define the amount of gas the cylinder must have at the end of the bottom section of the
2015-10-12 19:33:57 +00:00
dive just before ascent. A value of 50 bar is often used. The reason for this reserve gas is to provide for the possible
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
need to bring a buddy to the surface using gas sharing. How much gas is used in
sharing depends on the depth of the ascent. This can be difficult to estimate, so most agencies assume a
2015-10-12 19:33:57 +00:00
fixed amount of gas, or actually of pressure e.g. 40 or 50 bar or 25% or 33% (rule of thirds). But _Subsurface_ can do better
because it knows about the ascent and that is why we add the amount of gas during the ascent (i.e. the "deco gas“).
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
Subsurface still uses a fixed pressure "reserve" but that's supposed to be for the additional gas used when
there's a problem and your pulse rate goes up when you start to buddy breathe. This reserve amount is user configurable.
2015-04-28 08:25:42 +00:00
- Define the depth of the dive by dragging the waypoints (white dots) on the dive profile or
2015-05-01 11:28:07 +00:00
(even better) defining the appropriate depths using the table under _Dive planner points_ as
desribed under the previous heading. If
this is a multilevel dive, set the appropriate dive depths to represent the dive plan by adding
waypoints to the dive profile or by adding appropriate dive planner points to the _Dive Planner Points_
2015-10-12 19:33:57 +00:00
table. _Subsurface_ will automatically extend the bottom section of the dive to the maximum
duration within the no-decompression limits (NDL).
2015-04-28 08:25:42 +00:00
- The ascent speed can be changed. The default ascent speeds are those considered safe for recreational
2015-05-01 11:28:07 +00:00
divers.
2015-04-28 08:25:42 +00:00
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
The dive profile in the planner shows the maximum dive time within no-deco limits using the
2015-04-28 08:25:42 +00:00
Bühlmann ZH-L16 algorithm and the gas and depth settings specified as described above. The _Subsurface_ planner
allows rapid assessment of dive duration as a function of dive depth, given the nitrogen load incurred during previous dives. The
dive plan includes estimates of the amount of air/gas used, depending on the cylinder settings specified
under _Available gases_. If the initial cylinder pressure is set to 0, the dive duration shown is the
true no-deco limit (NDL) without taking into account gas used during the dive. If the surface above the dive profile is RED
it means that recreational dive limits are exceeded and either the dive duration or the dive depth needs to be reduced.
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
Below is an image of a dive plan for a recreational dive at 30 meters. Although the no-deco limit (NDL) is 23
minutes, the duration of the dive is limited by the amount of air in the cylinder. That is shown in the
text box at the bottom right of the panel, requiring sufficient air for buddy-sharing during ascent.
2015-04-28 08:25:42 +00:00
image::images/rec_diveplan.jpg["FIGURE: A recreational dive plan: setup",align="center"]
==== Non-recreational open circuit dives, including decompression
Non-recreational dive planning involves exceeding the no-deco limits and/or using multiple breathing gases.
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
These dives are planned in three stages:
2014-06-28 07:21:07 +00:00
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
*a) Nitrogen management*: This is done by specifying the rates for descent and ascent,
2015-09-10 18:49:36 +00:00
as well as the deco model (GFLow, GFHigh or Conservatism level) under the headings _Rates_ and _Planning_
2015-09-16 19:45:00 +00:00
to the bottom left of the planning screen. Two deco models are supported the Bühlmann model and the VPM-B
model. Select one of the two models. When selecting the Bühlmann model, the gradient factors (GF_high and GF_low
2015-09-10 18:49:36 +00:00
need to be specified. Initially, the GFHigh and GFLow values in the _Preferences_
2014-06-29 16:15:56 +00:00
panel of _Subsurface_ is used. If these are changed within the planner (see _Gas Options_ within
the planner), the new values are
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
used without changing the original values in the _Preferences_.
Gradient Factor settings strongly affect the calculated ceilings and their depths.
A very low GFLow value brings on decompression stops early during the dive.
2014-07-23 06:05:23 +00:00
** For more information about Gradient factors, see the section on xref:S_GradientFactors[Gradient Factor Preference settings].
2015-09-10 18:49:36 +00:00
If the VPM-B model is selected, the Conservatism_level needs to be specified on a scale of 0 (least conservative) to 4 (most conservative).
2015-10-09 20:08:23 +00:00
This model tends to give deco stops at deeper levels than the Bühlmann model and often results in slightly shorter
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
dive durations than the Bühlmann model. When selecting one of these models, keep in mind they are NOT exact physiological models but
2015-09-10 18:49:36 +00:00
only mathematical models that appear to work in practice.
2014-06-28 07:21:07 +00:00
For more information external to this manual see:
2015-01-30 17:59:49 +00:00
* link:http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf[Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, _Immersed_ Vol. 3, No. 3.]
* link:http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html[Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts]
* link:http://www.amazon.com/Deco-Divers-Decompression-Theory-Physiology/dp/1905492073/ref=sr_1_1?s=books&ie=UTF8&qid=1403932320&sr=1-1&keywords=deco+for+divers[_Deco for Divers_, by Mark Powell (2008). Aquapress] Southend-on-Sea, UK. ISBN 10: 1-905492-07-3.
2015-09-16 19:45:00 +00:00
An excellent non-technical review that discusses both the Bühlmann deco model and the VPM-B model.
2014-06-28 07:21:07 +00:00
2015-01-30 17:59:49 +00:00
The ascent rate is critical for nitrogen off-gassing at the end of the dive and is specified
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
for several depth ranges, using the average (or mean) depth as a yardstick. The mean depth
of the dive plan is shown by a light grey line on the dive profile. Ascent rates
2014-06-28 07:21:07 +00:00
at deeper levels are often in the range of 8-12 m/min, while ascent rates near the surface are
often in the range of 4-9 m/min. The descent rate is also specified. If the option _Drop to first depth_
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
is activated, the descent phase of the planned dive will be at the maximal descent rate specified
2014-06-28 07:21:07 +00:00
in the _Rates_ section of the dive setup.
2014-12-17 18:21:07 +00:00
*b) Oxygen management*: In the *Gas Options* part of the dive specification, the maximum partial
2014-06-28 07:21:07 +00:00
pressure for oxygen needs to be specified for the
2014-06-28 19:44:55 +00:00
bottom part of the dive (_bottom po2_) as well as for the decompression part of the dive (_deco po2_).
2014-06-28 07:21:07 +00:00
The most commonly
2014-08-04 15:08:30 +00:00
used values are 1.4 bar for the bottom part of the dive and 1.6 bar for any decompression
stages. Normally, a partial pressure of 1.6 bar is not exceeded. PO2 settings and the depth at which switching to a gas takes place can also be edited in the
2014-06-29 16:15:56 +00:00
_Available Gases_ dialog. Normally the planner decides on switching to a new gas when, during
2015-01-30 17:59:49 +00:00
ascent, the partial pressure of the new gas has increased to 1.6 bar.
2014-06-29 16:15:56 +00:00
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
*c) Gas management*: With open-circuit dives this is a primary
consideration. Divers need to keep within the limits of the amount of
gas within the dive
2015-01-30 17:59:49 +00:00
cylinder(s), allowing for an appropriate margin for a safe return to the surface, possibly
2014-06-28 19:44:55 +00:00
sharing with a buddy. Under the _Gas Options_ heading, specify the best (but conservative) estimate
2014-08-06 19:09:46 +00:00
of your surface-equivalent air consumption (SAC, also termed RMV) in
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
liters/min (for the time being, only SI units are supported). Specify the SAC during the
2014-08-04 11:13:39 +00:00
bottom part of the dive (_bottom SAC_) as well as during the decompression or safety stops of the
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
dive (_deco SAC_). Values of 15-30 l/min are common. For good gas management, a guess
is not sufficient and you needs to
monitor gas consumption on a regular basis, dependent on different dive conditions and/or equipment.
2015-01-30 17:59:49 +00:00
The planner calculates the total volume of gas used during the dive and issues a warning
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
if you exceeds the total amount of gas available. Good practice demands that divers not dive to
the limit of the gas supply but that an appropriate reserve is kept
for unforeseen circumstances.
2014-06-28 07:21:07 +00:00
For technical diving, this reserve can be up to 66% of the total available gas.
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
Now you can start the detailed time-depth planning of the dive. _Subsurface_ offers an unique
graphical interface for doing planning. Themechanics are
2014-06-28 07:21:07 +00:00
similar to hand-entering a dive profile in the dive log part of _Subsurface_. Upon activating the
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
planner, a default dive of depth 15 m for 40 min is offered in the blue design surface to the top
2014-06-28 07:21:07 +00:00
right hand of the screen. The white dots (waypoints) on the
profile can be dragged with a mouse. Create more waypoints by double-clicking on the profile
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
line and ensuring the profile reflects the intended dive. Drag the waypoints to represent
2015-10-09 20:08:23 +00:00
the depth and duration of the dive. It is NOT necessary to specify the ascent part of the dive
2015-01-30 17:59:49 +00:00
since the planner calculates this, based on the settings that have been specified.
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
If any of the management limits (for nitrogen, oxygen or gas) are exceeded, the surface
2014-06-28 07:21:07 +00:00
above the dive profile changes from BLUE to RED.
2014-04-05 13:54:53 +00:00
2014-12-17 18:21:07 +00:00
Each waypoint on the dive profile creates a _Dive Planner Point_ in the table on the
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
left of the dive planner panel. Be sure the _Used Gas_ value in each row
2015-01-30 17:59:49 +00:00
of that table corresponds to one of the gas mixtures specified in the _Available Gases_ table.
Add new waypoints until the main features of the dive have been completed, e.g. the
2014-04-05 13:54:53 +00:00
bottom time segment and deep stops (if these are implemented). Leave the remaining
waypoints on the ascent to _Subsurface_. In most cases _Subsurface_
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
computes additional way points in order to fulfill decompression requirements for that
dive. A waypoint can be moved by selecting it and by using the arrow keys.
2014-12-17 18:21:07 +00:00
The waypoints listed in the _Dive Planner Points_ dialogue can be edited by hand in
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
order to get a precise presentation of the dive plan. In fact, you can create the
2014-06-29 16:15:56 +00:00
whole dive profile by editing the _Dive Planner Points_ dialog.
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
Show any changes in gas cylinder used by indicating gas changes as explained
2014-06-28 07:21:07 +00:00
in the section <<S_CreateProfile,hand-creating a dive profile>>. These changes should
reflect the cylinders and gas compositions defined in the table with _Available Gases_.
2014-06-30 04:01:58 +00:00
If two or more gases are used, automatic gas switches will be suggested during the ascent to
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
the surface. These changes can be deleted by right-clicking the gas change and
2014-12-17 09:17:12 +00:00
manually creating a gas change by right-clicking on the appropriate
waypoint.
2014-12-17 18:21:07 +00:00
A non-zero value in the "CC set point" column of the table of dive planner points
indicates a valid setpoint for oxygen partial pressure and that the segment
is dived using a closed circuit rebreather (CCR). If the last manually entered
segment is a CCR segment, the decompression phase is computed assuming the diver
uses a CCR with the specified set-point. If the last segment (however
short) is on open circuit (OC, indicated by a zero set-point) the
decompression is computed in OC mode. The planner only considers gas
changes in OC mode.
2014-06-28 07:21:07 +00:00
Below is an example of a dive plan to 45m using EAN26, followed by an ascent using EAN50
and using the settings as described above.
2015-01-29 11:45:29 +00:00
image::images/DivePlanner2_f20.jpg["FIGURE: Planning a dive: setup",align="center"]
2014-04-05 13:54:53 +00:00
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
Once the above steps have been completed, save by clicking the _Save_ button
2015-01-30 17:59:49 +00:00
towards the top middle of the planner. The saved dive plan will appear
2014-06-28 07:21:07 +00:00
in the *Dive List* panel of _Subsurface_.
2014-04-05 13:54:53 +00:00
2015-01-30 17:59:49 +00:00
*The dive plan details*
2014-04-05 13:54:53 +00:00
2014-06-28 07:21:07 +00:00
On the bottom right of the dive planner, under _Dive Plan Details_, the exact details
2014-06-29 16:15:56 +00:00
of the dive plan are provided. These details may be modified by checking any of the
2015-02-14 17:16:21 +00:00
options under the _Notes_ section of the dive planner, immediately to the left
2015-10-13 15:39:07 +00:00
of the _Dive Plan Details_. If a _Verbatim dive plan_
2014-06-28 07:21:07 +00:00
is requested, a detailed sentence-level explanation of the dive plan is given. If any
of the management specifications have been exceeded during the planning, a warning
message is printed underneath the dive plan information.
2014-04-05 13:54:53 +00:00
2014-06-29 16:15:56 +00:00
If the option _Display segment duration_ is checked, then the duration of each depth
2014-07-04 11:37:07 +00:00
level is indicated in the _Dive Plan Details_. This duration INCLUDES the transition
2014-06-29 16:15:56 +00:00
time to get to that level. However, if the _Display transition in deco_ option is checked,
2014-06-30 04:01:58 +00:00
the transitions are shown separately from the segment durations at a particular level.
2014-06-29 16:15:56 +00:00
2015-04-28 08:25:42 +00:00
=== Planning pSCR dives
To plan a dive using a passive semi-closed rebreather (pSCR), select _pSCR_ rather than
_Open circuit_ in the dropdown list.
2015-10-09 20:08:23 +00:00
The parameters of the pSCR dive can be set by selecting _File -> Preferences -> Graph_
2015-04-28 08:25:42 +00:00
from the main menu, where the gas consumption calculation takes into account the pSCR dump
ratio (default 10:1) as well as the metabolism rate. The calculation also takes the oxygen drop
accross the mouthpiece of the rebreather into account. If the
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
pO~2~ drops below what is considered safe, a warning appears in the _Dive plan
2015-04-28 08:25:42 +00:00
details_. A typical pSCR configuration is with a single cylinder and one or more bail-out
cylinders. Therefore the setup of the _Available gases_ and the _Dive planner points_ tables
2015-10-12 19:33:57 +00:00
are very similar to that of a CCR dive plan, described below. However, no oxygen setpoints
2015-04-28 08:25:42 +00:00
are specified for pSCR dives. Below is a dive plan for a pSCR dive. The dive is comparable
2015-10-12 19:33:57 +00:00
to that of the CCR dive below, but note the longer ascent duration due to the lower oxygen
2015-04-28 08:25:42 +00:00
in the loop due to the oxygen drop across the mouthpiece of the pSCR equipment.
image::images/Planner_pSCR1_f20.jpg["FIGURE: Planning a pSCR dive: setup",align="center"]
2015-01-30 17:59:49 +00:00
=== Planning CCR dives
2015-01-30 10:57:57 +00:00
2015-01-30 17:59:49 +00:00
To plan a dive using a closed circuit rebreather, select the _CCR_ option in the dropdown
list, circled in blue in the image below.
2015-01-30 10:57:57 +00:00
2015-01-30 17:59:49 +00:00
*Available gases*: In the _Available gases_ table, enter the cylinder information for the
diluent cylinder and for any bail-out cylinders. Do NOT enter the information for the oxygen
cylinder since it is implied when the _CCR_ dropdown selection is made.
2015-01-30 10:57:57 +00:00
2015-10-12 19:33:57 +00:00
*Entering setpoints*: Specify a default setpoint in the Preferences tab, by selecting _File -> Preferences -> Graph_ from
the main menu. All user-entered segments in the _Dive planner points_ table
2015-01-30 17:59:49 +00:00
use the default setpoint value. Then, different setpoints can be specified for dive segments
in the _Dive planner points_ table. A zero setpoint
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
means the diver bails out to open circuit mode for that segment. Decompression is always calculated
2015-01-30 17:59:49 +00:00
using the setpoint of the last manually entered segment. So, to plan a bail out ascent for a
CCR dive, add a one-minute dive segment to the end with a setpoint value of 0. The decompression
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
algorithm does not switch deco-gases automatically while in CCR mode (i.e. when a positive setpoint is specified) but
this is calculated for bail out ascents.
2015-01-30 17:59:49 +00:00
The dive profile for a CCR dive may look something like the image below.
image::images/Planner_CCR1_f20.jpg["FIGURE: Planning a CCR dive: setup",align="center"]
Note that, in the _Dive plan details_, the gas consumption for a CCR segment is not calculated,
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
so gas consumptions of 0 liters are the norm.
2015-01-30 17:59:49 +00:00
2014-09-01 12:37:58 +00:00
[[S_Replan]]
=== Modifying an existing dive plan
2014-06-29 16:15:56 +00:00
2014-09-01 12:37:58 +00:00
Normally, when a dive plan has been saved, it is accessible from the *Dive List*, like any
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
other dive log. Within the *Dive List* there is no way to change a saved dive plan.
To change a dive plan, select it on the *Dive List*. Then, in the main menu,
2015-01-27 17:51:47 +00:00
select _Log -> Re-plan dive_. This will open the selected dive plan within the dive planner,
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
letting changes be made and saved as usual.
2014-06-29 16:15:56 +00:00
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
In addition, there is the option "Save new". This keeps the original
2014-12-17 09:17:12 +00:00
planned dive and adds a (possibly modified) copy to the dive list. If
that copy is saved with the same start time as the original, the two
dives are considered two versions of the same dive and do not
2014-12-17 18:21:07 +00:00
influence other each during decompression calculation (see next section).
2014-12-17 09:17:12 +00:00
2014-06-28 16:32:44 +00:00
=== Planning for repetitive dives
2014-06-29 16:15:56 +00:00
Repetitive dives can easily be planned if the dates and start times of the
repetitive dive set
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
are specified appropriately in the top left-hand _Start Time_ field. _Subsurface_
calculates the gas loading figures and the affect of the first dive is
2014-06-28 16:32:44 +00:00
evaluated on later dives.
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
If you have just completed a long/deep dive and are planning
another dive, then highlight, in the *Dive List*, the dive that has just been done
then activate the planner. Depending on the start time of the planned dive,
the planner takes into account the gas loading during the completed dive
and plans accordingly.
2014-06-29 16:15:56 +00:00
If only a few standard configurations are used (e.g. in GUE), then a template dive can
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
be created conforming to one of the configurations. If you want to plan a dive using
this configuration, highlight the template dive in the *Dive List* and activate the
2014-06-29 16:15:56 +00:00
planner: the planner takes into account the configuration in the highlighted dive.
2014-09-01 12:37:58 +00:00
=== Printing the dive plan
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
Selecting the _Print_ button in the planner allows printing of the _Dive Plan Details_
for wet notes. You can also cut and paste the _Dive Plan Details_ to
include in a text file or word processing document.
2014-09-01 12:37:58 +00:00
Dive plans have many characteristics in common with dive logs (dive profile, dive notes, etc).
After a dive plan has been saved, the dive details and gas calculations are saved in
2015-02-14 17:16:21 +00:00
the *Notes* tab. While a dive plan is being designed, it can be printed using
2014-09-01 12:37:58 +00:00
the _Print_ button in the dive planner. This prints the dive details and gas calculations
in the _Dive Plan Details_ panel of the dive planner. However, after the plan has been saved, it is
represented in a way very similar to a dive log and the gas calculations cannot be
accessed in the same way as during the planning process. The only way to print the
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
dive plan is to use the _File -> Print_ function on the main menu in the
2014-12-17 09:17:12 +00:00
same way as for dive logs or by copy and paste to a word processor.
2014-09-01 12:37:58 +00:00
2013-12-09 20:04:41 +00:00
== Description of the Subsurface Main Menu items
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
This section describes the functions and operation of the items in the Main Menu
of Subsurface. Several of the items below are links to sections of this manual
dealing with the appropriate operations.
2013-12-09 20:04:41 +00:00
=== File
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
- <<S_NewLogbook,_New Logbook_>> - Close the currently open dive logbook and
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
clear all dive information.
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
- _Open logbook_ - Open the file manager to select a dive
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
logbook to open.
2015-09-24 14:14:29 +00:00
- _Open cloud storage_ - Open the dive log previously saved in <<S_Cloud_storage,_Cloud storage_>>.
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
- _Save_ - Save the dive logbook currently open.
2015-09-24 00:23:38 +00:00
- _Save to cloud storage_ - Save the current dive log to <<S_Cloud_storage,_Cloud storage_>>.
2014-08-04 11:13:39 +00:00
- _Save as_ - Save the current logbook under a different file name.
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
- _Close_ - Close the dive logbook currently open.
2014-06-29 08:17:32 +00:00
- <<S_ExportLog,_Export_>> - Export the currently open dive logbook (or
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
the selected dives in the logbook) to one of several formats.
2013-12-10 09:05:35 +00:00
- <<S_PrintDivelog,_Print_>> - Print the currently open logbook.
2015-09-24 00:23:38 +00:00
- <<S_Preferences,_Preferences_>> - Set the _Subsurface_ preferences.
2015-05-18 13:38:37 +00:00
- <<S_FindMovedImages, _Find moved images_>> - If photos taken during dives have been moved to
a different disk or directory, locate them and link them to the appropriate dives.
2014-12-08 06:00:42 +00:00
- <<S_Configure,_Configure dive computer_>> - Edit the configuration of a dive computer.
2013-12-09 20:04:41 +00:00
- _Quit_ - Quit _Subsurface_.
=== Import
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
- <<S_ImportDiveComputer,_Import from dive computer_>> - Import dive information
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
from a dive computer.
2014-04-05 13:54:53 +00:00
- <<Unified_import,_Import Log Files_>> - Import dive information from a file in
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
in a _Subsurface_-compatible format.
2014-12-08 06:00:42 +00:00
- <<S_Companion,_Import GPS data from Subsurface web service_>> - Load GPS
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
coordinates from the _Subsurface_ mobile phone app.
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
- <<S_ImportingDivelogsDe,_Import from Divelogs.de_>> - Import dive information
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
from _www.Divelogs.de_.
2013-12-09 20:04:41 +00:00
=== Log
2013-12-10 09:05:35 +00:00
- <<S_EnterData,_Add Dive_>> - Manually add a new dive to the *Dive List* panel.
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
- _Edit dive_ - Edit a dive where the profile was entered by hand and not from a dive computer.
- <<S_DivePlanner,_Plan Dive_>> - Plan dives.
2015-05-18 13:38:37 +00:00
- <<S_Replan,_Edit dive in planner_>> - Edit a dive plan that has been saved into the *Dive List*.
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
- <<S_CopyComponents,_Copy dive components_>> - Copy information
2014-09-01 12:37:58 +00:00
from several fields of a dive log onto the clipboard.
- _Paste dive components_ - Paste, into the selected dives in the *Dive List*,
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
the information copied using the _Copy dive components_ option.
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
- <<S_Renumber,_Renumber_>> - Renumber the dives listed in the *Dive List*
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
panel.
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
- <<S_Group,_Auto Group_>> - Group the dives in the *Dive List* panel into dive
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
trips.
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
- <<S_DeviceNames,_Edit Device Names_>> - Edit the names of dive computers to coordinate your logs.
2014-12-08 06:00:42 +00:00
- <<S_Filter,_Filter divelist_>> - Select only some dives, based on specific tags or dive criteria.
2013-12-09 20:04:41 +00:00
=== View
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
- <<S_ViewPanels,_All_>> - View the four main _Subsurface_ panels
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
all at once.
2013-12-09 20:04:41 +00:00
- <<S_ViewPanels,_Dive List_>> - View only the *Dive List* panel.
- <<S_ViewPanels,_Profile_>> - View only the *Dive Profile* panel.
2015-02-14 17:16:21 +00:00
- <<S_ViewPanels,_Info_>> - View only the *Notes* panel.
2013-12-09 20:04:41 +00:00
- <<S_ViewPanels,_Globe_>> - View only the *World Map* panel.
2014-07-30 21:08:00 +00:00
- _Yearly Statistics_ - Display summary statistics about dives during this and past
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
years.
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
- _Prev DC_ - Switch to data from previous dive computer, if a single dive was logged from more than one.
2014-12-24 05:48:39 +00:00
- _Next DC_ - Switch to next dive computer.
2014-01-15 08:00:29 +00:00
- _Full Screen_ - Toggles Full Screen mode.
2013-12-09 20:04:41 +00:00
2015-09-24 00:23:38 +00:00
=== Share on
- <<S_Facebook,_Facebook_>> - Share the currently selected dive on your Facebook timeline.
2013-12-09 20:04:41 +00:00
=== Help
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
- _About Subsurface_ - Show a panel with the version number of _Subsurface_ as
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
well as licensing information.
2014-04-05 13:54:53 +00:00
- _Check for updates_ - Find out whether a newer version of Subsurface is available
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
on the http://subsurface-divelog.org/[_Subsurface_ web site].
2015-09-24 00:23:38 +00:00
- <<S_UserSurvey,_User survey_>> - Help to make _Subsurface_ even better by taking part in our user survey
or by completing another survey if your diving habits have changed.
2015-01-28 06:12:36 +00:00
- _User manual_ - Open a window showing this user manual.
2013-12-09 20:04:41 +00:00
2013-12-08 11:35:37 +00:00
2015-08-20 10:01:41 +00:00
2013-12-06 18:09:55 +00:00
== APPENDIX A: Operating system specific information for importing dive information from a dive computer.
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
=== Make sure that the OS has the required drivers installed
2013-12-02 06:46:38 +00:00
[icon="images/icons/drivers.jpg"]
[NOTE]
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
The operating system of the desktop computer needs the appropriate drivers in
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
order to communicate with the dive computer, the way the dive
2015-10-09 20:08:23 +00:00
computer prefers (e.g. Bluetooth, USB, infra-red).
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
2014-03-26 09:37:49 +00:00
* On Linux users need to have the correct kernel
module loaded. Most distributions will do this automatically, so the
2014-04-05 13:54:53 +00:00
user does not need to load kernel modules. However, some communication
protocols require an additional driver, especially for rarely used
2014-06-30 04:01:58 +00:00
technology such as infra-red.
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
* On Windows, the OS should offer to download the correct
2014-03-26 09:37:49 +00:00
driver once the user connects the dive computer to the USB port and
operating system sees the equipment for the first time.
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
* On a Mac users sometimes have to manually hunt for the correct
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
driver. For example the correct driver for the Mares Puck
2014-03-26 09:37:49 +00:00
devices or any other dive computer using a USB-to-serial interface
based on the Silicon Labs CP2101 or similar chip can be found as
_Mac_OSX_VCP_Driver.zip_ at the
http://www.silabs.com/support/pages/document-library.aspx?p=Interface&f=USB%20Bridges&pn=CP2101[Silicon Labs document and software repository].
2013-02-18 20:27:25 +00:00
[[S_HowFindDeviceName]]
2014-01-29 06:04:49 +00:00
=== How to Find the Device Name for USB devices and set its write permission
2013-12-02 06:46:38 +00:00
[icon="images/icons/usb.jpg"]
[NOTE]
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
When connecting a dive computer by using a USB connector, usually
_Subsurface_ will either propose a drop down list with the
2013-05-14 23:52:55 +00:00
correct device name (or mount point for the Uemis Zurich), or it will
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
disable the device select drop down if no device name is needed at
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
all. In the rare cases where this doesn't work, here are some
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
ways to find out what the device name is:
2013-02-18 20:27:25 +00:00
2013-02-26 20:30:45 +00:00
.On Windows:
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
Simply try COM1, COM2, etc. The drop down list should contain all connected COM
devices.
2013-02-26 20:30:45 +00:00
.On MacOS:
The drop down box should find all connected dive computers.
2013-02-18 20:27:25 +00:00
.On Linux:
2014-03-26 09:37:49 +00:00
There is a definitive way to find the port:
2013-05-13 18:22:41 +00:00
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
- Disconnect the USB cable from the dive computer
2013-02-18 20:27:25 +00:00
- Open a terminal
- Type the command: 'dmesg' and press enter
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
- Plug in the USB cable of the dive computer
2013-02-18 20:27:25 +00:00
- Type the command: 'dmesg' and press enter
2014-03-26 09:37:49 +00:00
A message similar to this one should appear:
2013-02-18 20:27:25 +00:00
usb 2-1.1: new full speed USB device number 14 using ehci_hcd
usbcore: registered new interface driver usbserial
USB Serial support registered for generic
usbcore: registered new interface driver usbserial_generic
usbserial: USB Serial Driver core
USB Serial support registered for FTDI USB Serial Device
ftdi_sio 2-1.1:1.0: FTDI USB Serial Device converter detected
usb 2-1.1: Detected FT232BM
usb 2-1.1: Number of endpoints 2
usb 2-1.1: Endpoint 1 MaxPacketSize 64
usb 2-1.1: Endpoint 2 MaxPacketSize 64
usb 2-1.1: Setting MaxPacketSize 64
usb 2-1.1: FTDI USB Serial Device converter now attached to ttyUSB3
usbcore: registered new interface driver ftdi_sio
ftdi_sio: v1.6.0:USB FTDI Serial Converters Driver
2014-03-26 09:37:49 +00:00
The third line from the bottom shows that the FTDI USB adapter is
detected and connected to +ttyUSB3+. This information can now be used in
the import settings as +/dev/ttyUSB3+ which directs Subsurface to the correct
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
USB port.
2014-01-29 06:04:49 +00:00
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
Ensuring the user has write permission to the USB serial port:
2014-01-29 06:04:49 +00:00
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
On Unix-like operating systems the USB ports can only be accessed by users who
2015-12-28 13:05:15 +00:00
are members special group that can be e.g.
+dialout+ or +uucp+. This can be verified by listing the appropriate
device permissions e.g. by +ls -l /dev/ttyUSB0+. Note that the number in
the file name depends on how many USB devices you have connected, and
must be adjusted appropriately.
If one is not root, one may not be a member of
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
that group and
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
won't be able to use the USB port. Let us assume one's username is 'johnB'.
2014-01-29 06:04:49 +00:00
2014-03-26 09:37:49 +00:00
- As root, type: +usermod -a -G dialout johnB+ (Ubuntu users: +sudo usermod
-a -G dialout johnB+)
2014-01-29 06:04:49 +00:00
This makes johnB a member of the +dialout+ group.
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
- Type: +id johnB+ This lists all the groups that johnB belongs to and
verifies that
the appropriate group membership has been created. The +dialout+ group should
be listed
2014-01-29 06:04:49 +00:00
among the different IDs.
2014-12-17 16:16:23 +00:00
- Under some circumstances this change takes only effect (eg. on Ubuntu) after
one logs out and then logs in again.
2014-01-29 06:04:49 +00:00
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
With the appropriate device name (e.g. +dev/ttyUSB3+) and with write permission
to the USB
port, the dive computer interface can connect and one should be able to import
dives.
2013-02-18 20:27:25 +00:00
2015-09-24 14:14:29 +00:00
[[S_HowFindBluetoothDeviceName]]
=== Manually setting up Bluetooth enabled devices
[icon="images/icons/bluetooth.jpg"]
[NOTE]
2015-10-09 20:08:23 +00:00
For dive computers communicating through Bluetooth like the Heinrichs
2015-10-27 12:39:59 +00:00
Weikamp Frog or the Shearwater Predator, Petrel and Nerd there is a
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
different procedure to get the device’ s name to communicate with
2015-09-24 14:14:29 +00:00
_Subsurface_. Follow these steps:
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
* *For the dive computer, after enabling Bluetooth, be sure it is in Upload mode.*
2015-09-24 14:14:29 +00:00
For Bluetooth pairing of the dive computer, refer to the
2015-10-16 12:25:56 +00:00
manufacturer's user guide. When using a Shearwater Predator/Petrel/Nerd, select
2015-09-24 14:14:29 +00:00
_Dive Log -> Upload Log_ and wait for the _Wait PC_ message.
* *Pair the _Subsurface_ computer with the dive computer.*
==== On Windows:
Bluetooth is most likely already enabled. For pairing with the dive computer choose
_Control Panel -> Bluetooth Devices -> Add Wireless Device_.
This should bring up a dialog showing your dive computer (which should be in Bluetooth mode) and
allowing pairing. Right click on it and choose _Properties-> COM
Ports_ to identify the port used for your dive computer. If there are several
ports listed, use the one saying "Outgoing" instead of "Incoming".
For downloading to _Subsurface_, the _Subsurface_ drop-down list should contain
this COM port already. If not, enter it manually.
Note: If there are issues afterwards when downloading from the dive computer using
other software, remove the existing pairing with the dive computer.
==== On MacOS:
Click on the Bluetooth symbol in the menu bar and select _Set up
Bluetooth Device..._. The dive computer should then show up in the list of devices. Select it and go
through the pairing process. This step should only be needed once for
initial setup.
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
Once the pairing is complete, the correct device is shown in the
2015-09-24 14:14:29 +00:00
'Device or Mount Point' drop-down in the _Subsurface_ *Import* dialog.
==== On Linux
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
Be sure Bluetooth is enabled on the _Subsurface_ computer.
2015-09-24 14:14:29 +00:00
On most common distributions this should be true out of the box and
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
pairing should be straightforward. For instance, Gnome3 shows a
2015-09-24 14:14:29 +00:00
Bluetooth icon on the right of the toolbar at the top of the screen.
Users have reported difficulties with some Bluetooth controllers. If you have an onboard controller,
try that first. It is simplest if you remove any USB Bluetooth dongles. If you have a USB dongle that
came with your dive computer, try that before any others.
Setting up a connection to download dives from your Bluetooth-enabled device, such as the
_Shearwater Petrel_, is not yet an automated process and will generally require the command prompt.
It is essentially a three step process.
2015-10-09 20:08:23 +00:00
- Enable the Bluetooth controller and pair your dive computer
2015-09-24 14:14:29 +00:00
- Establish an RFCOMM connection
- Download the dives with Subsurface
2015-10-27 12:39:59 +00:00
Ensure the dive computer is in upload mode. On the _Shearwater Petrel_, _Petrel 2_ and _Nerd_
2015-09-24 14:14:29 +00:00
cycle through the menu, select 'Dive Log', then 'Upload Log'. The display will read 'Initializing', then
'Wait PC 3:00' and will countdown. Once the connection is established, the display reads 'Wait CMD ...'
and the countdown continues. When downloading the dive from Subsurface, the display reads 'Sending' then
'Sent Dive'.
To establish the connection, establish root access through +sudo+ or +su+.
The correct permission is required to download the dives in the computer. On most Linux systems this means becoming
2015-10-09 20:08:23 +00:00
a member of the dialout group (This is identical as for many dive computers using a Linux USB port, described
2015-09-24 14:14:29 +00:00
in the previous section). On the command terminal, enter:
+sudo usermod -a -G dialout username+
Then log out and log in for the change to take effect.
===== Enabling the Bluetooth controller and pairing your dive computer
Attempt to set up the Bluetooth controller and pair your dive computer using the graphical
environment of the operating system. After setting the dive computer to upload mode, click the Bluetooth icon in the system tray
and select 'Add new device'. The dive computer should appear. If asked for a password, enter 0000.
Write down or copy the MAC address of your dive computer - this needed later and should be in the form 00:11:22:33:44:55.
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
If the graphical method doesn't work, pair the device from the command line. Open a terminal
2015-09-24 14:14:29 +00:00
and use +hciconfig+ to check the Bluetooth controller status
$ hciconfig
hci0: Type: BR/EDR Bus: USB
BD Address: 01:23:45:67:89:AB ACL MTU: 310:10 SCO MTU: 64:8
*DOWN*
RX bytes:504 acl:0 sco:0 events:22 errors:0
TX bytes:92 acl:0 sco:0 commands:21 errors:0
This indicates a Bluetooth controller with MAC address 01:23:45:67:89:AB, connected as hci0.
Its status is 'DOWN', i.e. not powered. Additional controllers will appear as hci1, etc.
If there is not a Bluetooth dongle plugged in upon booting the computer, hci0 is probably the onboard.
Now power on the controller and enable authentication:
sudo hciconfig hci0 up auth+ (enter password when prompted)
hciconfig
hci0: Type: BR/EDR Bus: USB
BD Address: 01:23:45:67:89:AB ACL MTU: 310:10 SCO MTU: 64:8
*UP RUNNING PSCAN AUTH*
RX bytes:1026 acl:0 sco:0 events:47 errors:0
TX bytes:449 acl:0 sco:0 commands:46 errors:0
2015-10-09 20:08:23 +00:00
Check that the status now includes +'UP', 'RUNNING' AND 'AUTH'+.
2015-09-24 14:14:29 +00:00
If there are multiple controllers running, it's easiest to off the unused controller(s). For example, for +hci1+:
sudo hciconfig hci1 down
Next step is to 'trust' and 'pair' the dive computer. On distros with Bluez 5, such as Fedora 22,
one can use a tool called +blutootctl+, which will bring up its own command prompt.
bluetoothctl
[NEW] Controller 01:23:45:67:89:AB localhost.localdomain [default]
[bluetooth]# agent on
Agent registered
[bluetooth]# default-agent
Default agent request successful
[bluetooth]# scan on <----now set your dive computer to upload mode
Discovery started
[CHG] Controller 01:23:45:67:89:AB Discovering: yes
[NEW] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Petrel
[bluetooth]# trust 00:11:22:33:44:55 <----you can use the tab key to autocomplete the MAC address
[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Trusted: yes
Changing 00:11:22:33:44:55 trust succeeded
[bluetooth]# pair 00:11:22:33:44:55
Attempting to pair with 00:11:22:33:44:55
[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Connected: yes
[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 UUIDs: 00001101-0000-1000-8000-0089abc12345
[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Paired: yes
Pairing successful
[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Connected: no
If asked for a password, enter 0000. It's ok if the last line says 'Connected: no'. The important part
is the line above, +Pairing successful+.
If the system has Bluez version 4 (e.g. Ubuntu 12.04 through to 15.04), there is probably not a
+bluetoothctl+, but a script called +bluez-simple-agent+ or just +simple-agent+.
hcitool -i hci0 scanning
Scanning ...
00:11:22:33:44:55 Petrel
bluez-simple-agent hci0 00:11:22:33:44:55
Once ther dive computer is pired, set up the RFCOMM connection
===== Establishing the RFCOMM connection
The command to establish an RFCOMM connection is:
+sudo rfcomm -i <controller> connect <dev> <bdaddr> [channel]+
2015-10-09 20:08:23 +00:00
- +<controller>+ is the Bluetooth controller, +hci0+.
- +<dev>+ is the RFCOMM device file, +rfcomm0+
- +<bdaddr>+ is the dive computer's MAC address, +00:11:22:33:44:55+
- +[channel]+ is the dive computer's Bluetooth channel we need to connect to.
2015-09-24 14:14:29 +00:00
If one omits it, channel 1 is assumed. Based on a limited number of user reports,
the appropriate channel for the dive computer is probably:
2015-10-27 12:39:59 +00:00
- _Shearwater Petrel 1_: channel 1
2015-09-24 14:14:29 +00:00
- _Shearwater Petrel 2_: channel 5
2015-10-16 12:25:56 +00:00
- _Shearwater Nerd_: channel 5
2015-09-24 14:14:29 +00:00
- _Heinrichs-Weikamp OSTC Sport_: channel 1
E.g. to connect a _Shearwater Petrel 2_, set the dive computer to upload mode and enter:
sudo rfcomm -i hci0 connect rfcomm0 00:11:22:33:44:55 5 (enter a password, probably 0000, when prompted)
This gives the response:
Connected /dev/rfcomm0 to 00:11:22:33:44:55 on channel 5
Press CTRL-C for hangup
To connect a _Shearwater Petrel 1+ or + HW OSTC Sport+, set the dive computer to upload mode and enter:
sudo rfcomm -i hci0 connect rfcomm0 00:11:22:33:44:55 (enter a password, probably 0000, when prompted)
Connected /dev/rfcomm0 to 00:11:22:33:44:55 on channel 1
Press CTRL-C for hangup
If the specific channel the dive computer needs is not known, or the channel in the list above doesn't
work, the command +sdptool records+ should help determine the appropriate channel. The output
below is for a _Shearwater Petrel 2_.
sdptool -i hci0 records 00:11:22:33:44:55
Service Name: Serial Port
Service RecHandle: 0x10000
Service Class ID List:
"Serial Port" (0x1101)
Protocol Descriptor List:
"L2CAP" (0x0100)
"RFCOMM" (0x0003)
Channel: 5
For a Bluetooth dive computer not in the list above, or if the channel listed is not correct, please
let the Subsurface developers know on the user forum or the developer mailing list _subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org_.
2015-10-09 20:08:23 +00:00
===== Download the dives with Subsurface
2015-09-24 14:14:29 +00:00
After establishing the RFCOMM connection and while the dive computer's upload mode countdown is still running, go to_Subsurface_, select _Import->Import from dive computer_ and enter appropriate Vendor (e.g. _Shearwater_), Dive Computer (_Petrel_), Device or Mount Point (_/dev/rfcomm0_) and click _Download_.
2015-01-30 19:44:13 +00:00
[[_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information]]
First try at converting user-manual to AsciiDoc
You can do "make doc" in the main directory to create the html version,
and if you want to play around with it, do "make show" in the
Documentation subdirectory to start firefox on the end result.
It's by no means perfect, but it gives somewhat reasonable results, and
this is enough initial work for people to play around with, I think.
NOTE! You need "asciidoc" installed to do this: it's a python program,
so it should be pretty easy even on non-Linux platforms. And on Linux,
most distributions package it, so you just have to do something like
yum install asciidoc
to get it (replace with apt-get/zypper/whatever).
Asciidoc can generate other output too (man-pages, LaTeX, etc), maybe
people want to play with that part too.
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-01-01 23:12:28 +00:00
2015-01-30 06:38:20 +00:00
== APPENDIX B: Dive Computer specific information for importing dive data.
2013-02-16 21:48:56 +00:00
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
[[S_ImportUemis]]
2015-01-30 06:38:20 +00:00
=== Importing from Uemis Zurich
2013-02-25 17:23:39 +00:00
2013-12-02 06:46:38 +00:00
[icon="images/icons/iumis.jpg"]
[NOTE]
2014-03-26 09:37:49 +00:00
_Subsurface_ downloads the information
stored on the SDA (the built-in file system of the Uemis) including
information about dive spots and
equipment. Buddy information is not yet downloadable.
Things are very similar to a normal USB-connected dive computer
(the Uemis is one of those that recharge when connected to the USB port).
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
The main difference is that you don’ t enter a
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
device name, but instead the location where the UEMISSDA file system is
2014-03-26 09:37:49 +00:00
mounted once connected to the dive computer. On Windows this is a drive letter (
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
often 'E:' or 'F:'), on a Mac this is
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
'/Volumes/UEMISSDA' and on Linux systems this differs depending on the
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
distribution. On Fedora it usually is
2013-12-13 17:51:18 +00:00
'/var/run/media/<your_username>/UEMISSDA'. In all cases _Subsurface_
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
should suggest the correct location in the drop down list.
2013-03-03 23:56:52 +00:00
2014-03-26 09:37:49 +00:00
After selecting the above device name, download the
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
dives from the Uemis Zurich. One technical issue with the Uemis Zurich
2014-03-26 09:37:49 +00:00
download implementation (this is a Uemis firmware limitation, not a
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
_Subsurface_ issue) is that you cannot download more than about 40-50
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
dives without running out of memory on the SDA. This will usually only
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
happen the very first time you download dives from the Uemis Zurich.
2014-03-26 09:37:49 +00:00
Normally when downloading at the end of a day or even after a dive
2013-12-13 17:51:18 +00:00
trip, the capacity is sufficient. If _Subsurface_ displays an error
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
that the dive computer ran out of space, the solution is straightforward.
Disconnect the SDA, turn it off and on again, and reconnect
2013-11-19 12:12:15 +00:00
it. You can now retry (or start a new download session) and the
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
download will continue where it stopped previously. You
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
may have to do this more than once, depending on how many dives are
stored on the dive computer.
2013-03-03 23:56:52 +00:00
2014-04-05 13:54:53 +00:00
[[S_ImportingGalileo]]
2015-01-30 06:38:20 +00:00
=== Importing from Uwatec Galileo
2014-04-05 13:54:53 +00:00
[icon="images/icons/Galileo.jpg"]
[NOTE]
The Uwatec Galileo dive computers use infra red (IrDA) communication
between the dive computer and Subsurface. The Uwatec hardware uses
a USB dongle based on the serial infra-red (SIR) protocol and the
MSC7780 IrDA controller manufactured by MosChip
and marketed by Scubapro and some electronics companies.
Under Linux, the kernel
already provides for communication using the IrDA protocol. However,
the user additionally needs to load a driver for the IrDA interface
with the dive computer. The easiest way is to load the *irda-tools*
package from the http://irda.sourceforge.net/docs/startirda.html[Linux IrDA Project].
2014-04-21 13:06:28 +00:00
After the installation of the irda-tools, the *root user* can specify a device name
2014-04-05 13:54:53 +00:00
from the console as follows:
+irattach irda0+
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
After executing this command, Subsurface will recognize the Galileo
2014-04-05 13:54:53 +00:00
dive computer and download dive information.
Under Windows, a similar situation exists. Drivers for the MCS7780 are
available from some Internet web sites e.g.
2015-05-18 13:38:37 +00:00
http://www.drivers-download.com/Drv/MosChip/MCS7780/[www.drivers-download.com]. Windows-based IrDA
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
drivers for the Uwatec can also be downloaded from the ScubaPro web site, with drivers located on
2015-05-18 13:38:37 +00:00
the download page for the ScubaPro SmartTrak software.
2014-04-05 13:54:53 +00:00
For the Apple Mac, IrDA communication via the MCS7780 link is not
available for OSX 10.6 or higher.
2013-12-13 17:51:18 +00:00
[[S_ImportingDR5]]
2015-01-30 06:38:20 +00:00
=== Importing from Heinrichs Weikamp DR5
2013-12-13 17:51:18 +00:00
[icon="images/icons/HW_DR5.jpg"]
[NOTE]
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
When mounted as a USB drive the Heinrichs Weikamp DR5 saves a single UDDF file
for every dive.
2013-12-13 17:51:18 +00:00
Mark all the dives you'd like to import or open.
2013-12-19 08:39:08 +00:00
Note: The DR5 does not seem to store gradient factors nor deco information, so
for _Subsurface_ it is not possible to display them. Adjust the gradient
2014-08-04 11:13:39 +00:00
factors in the _Graph Settings_ in _Subsurface_ to generate a deco overlay in the
2014-03-26 09:37:49 +00:00
_Subsurface_ *Dive Profile* panel but please note that the deco calculated by
_Subsurface_ will most likely differ from the one displayed on the DR5.
2013-12-13 17:51:18 +00:00
2015-01-28 16:30:31 +00:00
[[S_ImportingXDeep]]
2015-01-30 06:38:20 +00:00
=== Importing from xDEEP BLACK
2015-01-28 16:30:31 +00:00
[icon="images/icons/HW_xdeepblack.jpg"]
[NOTE]
Each dive has to be individually saved as UDDF file using "Export UDDF" option in BLACK's logbook menu.
When mounted as a USB drive UDDF files are available in LOGBOOK directory.
Note: The xDEEP BLACK saves NDL time but does not seem to store gradient factors nor deco information, so
for _Subsurface_ it is not possible to display them. Adjust the gradient
factors in the _Graph Settings_ in _Subsurface_ to generate a deco overlay in the
_Subsurface_ *Dive Profile* panel but please note that the deco calculated by
_Subsurface_ will most likely differ from the one displayed on the xDEEP BLACK.
2015-10-16 12:25:56 +00:00
=== Importing from Shearwater Predator/Petrel/Nerd using Bluetooth
2013-03-03 23:56:52 +00:00
2013-12-02 06:46:38 +00:00
[icon="images/icons/predator.jpg"]
[NOTE]
2015-09-23 02:01:48 +00:00
Specific instructions for downloading dives using Bluetooth are given in the section above, <<S_Bluetooth,_Connecting Subsurface to a Bluetooth-enabled dive computer_>>.
2014-02-07 08:47:16 +00:00
2014-11-16 13:54:30 +00:00
[[S_PoseidonMkVI]]
2015-01-30 06:38:20 +00:00
=== Importing from Poseidon MkVI Discovery
2014-11-16 13:54:30 +00:00
[icon="images/MkVI.jpeg"]
[NOTE]
Download of dive logs from the MkVI is performed using a custom communications
adapter and the _Poseidon PC Configuration Software_, obtained when purchasing
the MKVI equipment. The latter is a Windows application allowing configuration
of equipment and storage of dive logs. Communication between dive computer and
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
desktop computer utilizes the IrDA infra-red protocol. Only data for one dive
can be downloaded at a time, in three files:
2014-11-16 13:54:30 +00:00
- Setup configuration for the dive and key dive parameters (file with a .txt
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
extension)
2014-11-16 13:54:30 +00:00
- Dive log details (file with a .csv extension)
- Redbook format dive log (file with .cvsr extension). This is a compressed
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
version of the dive log using a proprietary format.
2014-11-16 13:54:30 +00:00
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
_Subsurface_ accesses the .txt and the .csv files to get dive log information.
2014-11-16 13:54:30 +00:00
2015-09-06 20:17:50 +00:00
=== Importing from APD Inspiration/Evolution CCR
2014-11-16 13:54:30 +00:00
[icon="images/APDComputer.jpg"]
[NOTE]
The dive logs of an APD Inspiration or similar CCR dive computer are downloaded using
a communications adapter and _AP Communicator_, obtained when
purchasing the equipment. The dive logs can be viewed using the _AP Log Viewer_,
within Windows or Mac/OS. However, APD logs can be viewed and managed from within
_Subsurface_ (together with dives using many other types of dive computer). The
APD inspiration dive logs are imported into _Subsurface_ as follows:
2015-09-06 20:17:50 +00:00
- Download the dive using _AP Communicator_.
2014-11-16 13:54:30 +00:00
- Open a dive within the _AP Log Viewer_.
- Select the tab at the top of the screen, entitled "_Data_".
2015-09-06 20:17:50 +00:00
- With the raw dive log data show on the screen, click on "_Copy to Clipboard_".
- Open a text editor, e.g. Notepad (Windows) or TextWrangler (Mac).
2014-11-16 13:54:30 +00:00
- Copy the contents of the clipboard into the text editor and save the text file
2015-09-06 20:17:50 +00:00
with a filename extension of _.apd_
2015-01-27 17:51:47 +00:00
- Within _Subsurface_, select _Import -> Import log files_ to open the xref:Unified_import[universal import dialogue].
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
- In the dropdown list towards the bottom right of the dialogue (labeled 'Filter:'), select "APD log viewer".
- On the list of file names select the _.apd_ file created. An import
dialogue opens showing the default settings for the data in the
_.apd_ file. If changes are required,
2015-09-06 20:17:50 +00:00
do this as for xref:S_ImportingCSVDives[CSV imports].
image::images/APD_CSVimportF22.jpg["Figure: APD log viewer import",align="center"]
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
- The top left hand dropdown box in the import panel lets you select the APD dive computer
2015-09-06 20:17:50 +00:00
for which the dive log needs to be imported. The default it is DC1, _i.e._ the
first of the two dive computers the APD uses. It is possible to sequentially
import the data for both dive computers by first importing CD1 and then DC2.(*Hint*: The logs
for the two dive computers are viewed by selecting _View -> Next DC_ from
the Main Menu after the uploading has been completed)
- Click the _Ok_ button at the bottom of the import panel.
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
The APD dive log will appear within _Subsurface_. The dive computer- generated ceiling
provided by the Inspiration can be viewed by selecting the appropriate
2015-09-06 20:17:50 +00:00
button on the left of the *Dive Profile*. Cylinder pressure data are not logged
by the APD equipment but can be manually entered in the _Equipment_ Tab.
2014-02-07 08:47:16 +00:00
== APPENDIX C: Exporting Dive log information from external dive log software.
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
The import of dive log data from external dive log software is mostly performed
using
2014-02-07 08:47:16 +00:00
the dialogue found by selecting _Import_ from the Main Menu, then clicking on
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
_Import Log Files_. This is a single-step process, more information about which
can be found
2014-02-07 08:47:16 +00:00
xref:Unified_import[here.]
However, in some cases, a two-step process may be required:
2014-05-11 00:26:08 +00:00
1. Export the foreign dive log data to format that is accessible from
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
_Subsurface_.
2014-04-29 10:40:59 +00:00
2. Import the accessible dive log data into _Subsurface_.
2014-02-07 08:47:16 +00:00
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
This appendix provides some information about approaches to export dive log
data from foreign
2014-02-07 08:47:16 +00:00
dive log software. The procedures below mostly apply to Linux and/or Windows.
[[S_ImportingDivesSuunto]]
2015-01-30 06:38:20 +00:00
=== Exporting from *Suunto Divemanager (DM3, DM4 or DM5)*
2014-02-11 18:51:20 +00:00
[icon="images/icons/suuntologo.jpg"]
[NOTE]
2014-12-08 06:00:42 +00:00
DiveManager is a MS Windows application for Suunto dive computers.
2014-02-11 18:51:20 +00:00
Divemanager 3 (DM3) is an older version of the Suunto software. More recent
2014-12-08 06:00:42 +00:00
Suunto dive computers use Divemanager version 4 or 5 (DM4 or DM5). The
different versions of Divemanager use different methods and different file naming
2014-02-11 18:51:20 +00:00
conventions to export dive log data.
*Divemanager 3 (DM3):*
2014-02-07 08:47:16 +00:00
2014-04-29 10:40:59 +00:00
1. Start 'Suunto Divemanager 3' and log in with the name containing the logs
2. Do not start the import wizard to import dives from the dive computer.
3. In the navigation tree on the left side of the program-window, select the appropriate
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
dives.
2014-04-29 10:40:59 +00:00
4. Within the list of dives, select the dives you would like to import later:
2014-02-07 08:47:16 +00:00
* To select certain dives: hold 'ctrl' and click the dive
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
* To select all dives: Select the first dive, hold down shift and
2015-04-25 14:56:55 +00:00
select the last dive
2015-01-27 17:51:47 +00:00
5. With the dives marked, use the program menu _File -> Export_
2014-04-29 10:40:59 +00:00
6. The export pop-up will show. Within this pop-up, there is one field called 'Export Path'.
2014-02-07 08:47:16 +00:00
* Click the browse button next to the field Export Path
** A file-manager like window pops up
2014-07-04 11:37:07 +00:00
** Navigate to the directory for storing the
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
Divelog.SDE file
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
** Optionally change the name of the file for saving
2014-02-07 08:47:16 +00:00
** Click 'Save'
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
* Back in the Export pop-up, press the button 'Export'
2014-07-04 11:37:07 +00:00
7. The dives are now exported to the file Divelog.SDE.
2014-02-07 08:47:16 +00:00
2014-12-08 06:00:42 +00:00
*Divemanager 4 (DM4) and Divemanager 5 (DM5):*
2014-02-07 08:47:16 +00:00
2014-12-08 06:00:42 +00:00
DM4 and DM5 use identical mechanisms for exporting dive logs.
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
To export a divelog from Divemanager you need to locate the DM4/DM5 database
where the dives are stored. You can either look for the original
2014-03-26 09:37:49 +00:00
database or make a backup of the dives. Both methods are described here.
2014-02-07 08:47:16 +00:00
2014-12-08 06:00:42 +00:00
Locating the Suunto DM4 (or DM5) database:
2014-02-07 08:47:16 +00:00
2014-12-08 06:00:42 +00:00
1. Start Suunto DM4/DM5
2015-01-27 17:51:47 +00:00
2. Select 'Help -> About'
2014-04-29 10:40:59 +00:00
3. Click 'Copy' after text 'Copy log folder path to clipboard'
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
4. Open Windows Explorer
2014-04-29 10:40:59 +00:00
5. Paste the address to the path box at the top of the File Explorer
2014-12-08 06:00:42 +00:00
6. The database is called DM4.db or DM5.db
2014-02-07 08:47:16 +00:00
2014-12-08 06:00:42 +00:00
Making a backup copy of the Suunto DM4/DM5 database:
2014-02-07 08:47:16 +00:00
2014-12-08 06:00:42 +00:00
1. Start Suunto DM4/DM5
2014-04-29 10:40:59 +00:00
2. Select 'File - Create backup'
3. From the file menu select the location and name for the backup, we'll
2014-12-08 06:00:42 +00:00
use DM4 (or DM5) in here with the default extension .bak
2014-04-29 10:40:59 +00:00
4. Click 'Save'
2014-12-08 06:00:42 +00:00
5. The dives are now exported to the file DM4.bak (or DM5.bak)
2014-02-07 08:47:16 +00:00
2015-01-25 14:15:20 +00:00
=== Exporting from Atomic Logbook
[[Atomic_Export]]
2015-02-10 17:55:05 +00:00
[icon="images/icons/atomiclogo.jpg"]
2015-01-25 14:15:20 +00:00
[NOTE]
Atomic Logbook is a Windows software by Atomic Aquatics. It allows
downloading of dive information from Cobalt and Cobalt 2 dive computers.
2015-02-10 14:39:17 +00:00
The divelog is kept in a SQLite database at
2015-01-25 14:15:20 +00:00
C:\ProgramData\AtomicsAquatics\Cobalt-Logbook\Cobalt.db. This file can
be directly imported to Subsurface.
2014-02-07 08:47:16 +00:00
=== Exporting from Mares Dive Organiser V2.1
[[Mares_Export]]
2014-02-11 18:51:20 +00:00
[icon="images/icons/mareslogo.jpg"]
[NOTE]
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
Mares Dive Organizer is a Windows application. The dive log is kept as a
2014-07-31 05:09:14 +00:00
Microsoft SQL Compact Edition database with a '.sdf' filename extension. The
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
database includes all Dive Organizer-registered divers on the particular
computer and all Mares dive computers used. The safest way to get a copy
2014-07-31 05:09:14 +00:00
of the dive database is to export the information to another compatible format
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
which can then be imported into _Subsurface_.
2014-02-07 08:47:16 +00:00
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
1. Within Dive Organizer, select
2015-01-27 17:51:47 +00:00
_Database -> Backup_ from the main menu and back up the database to the desk
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
top.
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
This creates a zipped file DiveOrganizerxxxxx.dbf.
2014-04-29 10:40:59 +00:00
2. Rename the file to
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
DiveOrganizerxxxxx.zip. Inside the zipped directory is a file
_DiveOrganizer.sdf_.
2014-04-29 10:40:59 +00:00
3. Extract the _.sdf_ file from the zipped folder to your Desktop.
2014-07-30 19:18:31 +00:00
4. The password for accessing the .zip file is _mares_.
2014-02-07 08:47:16 +00:00
2014-12-08 16:37:20 +00:00
[[S_ImportingDivingLog]]
2015-07-23 15:22:57 +00:00
=== Exporting from *DivingLog 5.0 and 6.0*
2014-02-07 08:47:16 +00:00
2014-02-11 18:51:20 +00:00
[icon="images/icons/divingloglogo.jpg"]
[NOTE]
2015-07-23 15:22:57 +00:00
The best way to bring your logs from DivingLog to Subsurface is to
convert the whole database. This is because other export formats do not
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
include all the details, and would lack, for example, gas switches and
2015-07-23 15:22:57 +00:00
information of what units are used. With database import, all this
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
information is included and readily available.
2015-07-23 15:22:57 +00:00
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
To transfer all files from DivingLog to Subsurface:
2015-07-23 15:22:57 +00:00
1. In DivingLog open the 'File -> Export -> SQLite' menu
2. Select 'Settings' button
3. Set the 'RTF2Plaintext' to 'true'
4. Close the Settings dialog
5. Click 'Export' button and select the filename
Once this is done, open the saved database file with Subsurface and the
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
dives are automatically converted to Subsurface’ s own format. Last step to do is
2015-07-23 15:22:57 +00:00
save the log file in Subsurface.
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
2014-12-16 13:29:08 +00:00
== APPENDIX D: Exporting a spreadsheet to CSV format
2015-09-06 20:17:50 +00:00
[[S_Appendix_D]]
2014-12-16 13:29:08 +00:00
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
Many divers keep a dive log in some form of digital file, commonly a spreadsheet
2015-01-30 19:44:13 +00:00
with various fields of information. These logs can be easily imported into _Subsurface_ after the
2014-12-16 13:29:08 +00:00
spreadsheet is converted in a .CSV file.
This section explains the procedure to convert a diving logbook stored in a spreadsheet
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
to a .CSV file that will later be imported to _Subsurface_.
Creating a .CSV is straightforward, although the procedure is somewhat different
2014-12-16 13:29:08 +00:00
according to which spreadsheet program is used.
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
Organize the diving data in the spreadsheet, so the first row
2014-12-16 13:29:08 +00:00
contains the names (or titles) of each column and the information for each dive is stored in a single row.
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
_Subsurface_ supports many data items (Dive number, Date,
2014-12-16 13:29:08 +00:00
Time, Duration, Location, GPS, Max Depth, Mean Depth, Buddy, Notes, Weight and Tags).
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
Organize dive data following a few simple rules:
2014-12-16 13:29:08 +00:00
1. Date: use one of the following formats: yyyy-mm-dd, dd.mm.yyyy, mm/dd/yyyy
2. Duration: the format should be minutes:seconds.
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
3. Unit system: only one unit system should be used (no mix of imperial and metric units)
2014-12-16 13:29:08 +00:00
4. Tags and buddies: values should be separated using a comma.
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
5. GPS position: use decimal degrees, e.g. 30.22496 30.821798
2014-12-16 13:29:08 +00:00
=== _LibreOffice Calc_ and _OpenOffice Calc_
These are open source spreadsheet applications forming parts of larger open source office suite applications. The user interaction with _LibreOffice_ and _OpenOffice_ is very similar.
In Libreoffice Calc the time format should be set to minutes:seconds - [mm]:ss and dates should be set to one of: yyyy-mm-dd, dd.mm.yyyy, mm/dd/yyyy. A typical dive log may look like this:
image::images/LOffice_spreadsheetdata.jpg["FIGURE: Spreadsheet data",align="center"]
2015-01-27 17:51:47 +00:00
To export the data as a .CSV file from within LibreOffice click _File -> Save As_. On the dialogue that comes up, select the _Text CSV (.csv)_ as the file type and select the option _Edit filter settings_.
2014-12-16 13:29:08 +00:00
image::images/LOffice_save_as_options.jpg["FIGURE: Save as options",align="center"]
After selecting _Save_, select the appropriate field delimiter (choose _Tab_ to prevent conflicts with the comma when using this as a decimal point), then select _OK_.
image::images/LOffice_field_options.jpg["FIGURE: Field options",align="center"]
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
Double check the .CSV file by opening it with a text editor, and then import the dive data as explained on the section xref:S_ImportingCSVDives[Importing CSV dives].
2014-12-16 13:29:08 +00:00
=== Microsoft _Excel_
The field delimiter (called "_list separator_" in Microsoft manuals) is not accessible
from within _Excel_ and needs to be set through the _Microsoft Control Panel_. After changing the
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
separator character, all software on the Windows machine uses the new character as a separator.
You can change the character back to the default character by following the same procedure, outlined below.
2014-12-16 13:29:08 +00:00
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
- In Microsoft Windows, click the *Start* button, then select _Control Panel_ from the list on the right-hand side.
2014-12-16 13:29:08 +00:00
- Open the _Regional and Language Options_ dialog box.
- Do one of the following:
2015-01-15 09:26:42 +00:00
** In Windows 7, click the _Formats_ tab, and then click _Customize this format_.
** In Windows XP, click the _Regional Options_ tab, and then click _Customize_.
2014-12-16 13:29:08 +00:00
- Type a new separator in the _List separator_ box. To use a TAB-delimited file, type the word TAB in the box.
- Click _OK_ twice.
Below is an image of the _Control Panel_:
image::images/Win_SaveCSV2.jpg["FIGURE: Win List separator",align="center"]
To export the dive log in CSV format:
With the dive log opened in _Excel_, select the round Windows button at the top left, then _Save As_.
image::images/Win_SaveCSV1.jpg["FIGURE: Excel save as option",align="center"]
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
Click on the left-hand part of the _Save as_ option, NOT on the arrow on the right-hand. This brings up a dialogue for saving the
spreadsheet in an alternative format. From the dropdown list at the
bottom of the dialogue, marked _Save as Type:_, select _CSV(Comma delimited) (*.CSV)_. Be sure the appropriate folder has been
selected to save the CSV file into.
2014-12-16 13:29:08 +00:00
image::images/Win_SaveCSV3.jpg["FIGURE: Excel save CSV dialogue",align="center"]
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
Select the _Save_ button. The CSV-formatted file is saved into the
folder that was selected. You can double check the .CSV file by
opening it with a text editor, then import the dive data as
explained on the section xref:S_ImportingCSVDives[Importing CSV dives].
2015-09-06 20:17:50 +00:00
[[S_APPENDIX_E]]
== APPENDIX E: Writing a custom print template
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
_Subsurface_ has a way to create or modify templates for printing dive logs to
produce customized printouts of them. Templates written in HTML, as well as a simple
2015-09-06 20:17:50 +00:00
Grantlee instruction set, are rendered to the print device by _Subsurface_.
2014-03-26 09:37:49 +00:00
2015-09-06 20:17:50 +00:00
Templates are accessed using the print dialogue (see image *B* below).
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
2015-09-06 20:17:50 +00:00
image::images/Print1_f22.jpg["FIGURE: Print dialogue",align="center"]
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
The buttons under the _Template_ dropdown box lets you _Edit_, _Delete_,
_Import_ and _Export_ templates (see image *A* above). New or modified templates are stored as HTML
2015-09-06 20:17:50 +00:00
files in the same directory as the dive log being processed. In order to create or modify
2015-10-12 16:41:00 +00:00
a template, select one of the templates from the template dropdown list in the print dialogue
(see image *B* above). Choose an existing template that resembles the final desired printout. Then select _Edit_.
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
The Edit Panel has three tabs:
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
2015-09-06 20:17:50 +00:00
image::images/Template1_f22.jpg["FIGURE: template edit dialogue",align="center"]
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
1) The _Style_ tab (image *A* above) controls the font, line spacing and color template used for printing the dive log.
The style attributes are editable. Choose one of the four color palettes used for color printing.
2014-02-13 19:30:05 +00:00
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
2) The _Colors_ tab (image *B* above) allows editing the colors used for printing the dive log. The colors are highly
customizable: the _Edit_ buttons in the _Colors_ tab allows choosing arbitrary colors for different
2015-09-06 20:17:50 +00:00
components of the dive log printout.
2014-12-14 15:11:23 +00:00
2015-09-06 20:17:50 +00:00
3) The _Template_ tab of the Edit Panel (see image below) allows creating a template using HTML as well as a few
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
Grantlee programming primitives. Grantlee can create and format HTML code in
2015-09-06 20:17:50 +00:00
a highly simple but efficient way (see below). The HTML of the template can be edited and saved. The saved
template is stored in the same directory as the dive being processed. By default, a _Custom_
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
template is a skeleton with no specific print instructions. The information printed
2015-12-15 22:17:31 +00:00
needs to be specified and formatted in the template by replacing the section marked with:
2015-09-06 20:17:50 +00:00
"<!-- Template must be filled -->". Writing HTML code with Grantlee instructions allows unlimited
2015-12-15 22:17:31 +00:00
freedom in determining what is printed and in which way it should be rendered.
2015-08-04 04:01:07 +00:00
2015-09-06 20:17:50 +00:00
image::images/Template2_f22.jpg["FIGURE:Template tab",align="center"]
2015-08-04 04:01:07 +00:00
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
You can adapt any of the existing templates and save it to the dive log directory. The standard templates (e.g. One dive, Six dives,
Table) can be modified in this way. After completing the edits, use the _Export_ button in the print
2015-10-12 16:41:00 +00:00
dialogue to save the new template using a new template name.
2015-08-20 17:20:40 +00:00
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
To write a custom template, the following elements must exist so the template will be correctly handled and rendered.
2015-08-20 17:20:40 +00:00
=== Main dive loop
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
_Subsurface_ exports a dive list called (*dives*) to the _Grantlee_ back end. It is possible to iterate over the list as follows:
2015-08-20 17:20:40 +00:00
.template.html
....
{% for dive in dives %}
<h1> {{ dive.number }} </h1>
{% endfor %}
....
.output.html
....
<h1> 1 </h1>
<h1> 2 </h1>
<h1> 3 </h1>
....
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
Additional information about _Grantlee_ can be found at http://www.grantlee.org/apidox/for_themers.html[here]
2015-08-20 17:20:40 +00:00
=== Grantlee exported variables
Only a subset of the dive data is exported:
|====================
|*Name*|*Description*
|number| (*int*) dive number
|id| (*int*) unique dive ID, should be used to fetch the dive profile
2015-11-25 19:18:13 +00:00
|date| (*string*) date of the dive
2015-08-20 17:20:40 +00:00
|time| (*string*) time of the dive
|location| (*string*) location of the dive
|duration| (*string*) duration of the dive
|depth| (*string*) depth of the dive
2015-11-25 19:18:13 +00:00
|divemaster| (*string*) dive master for the dive
|buddy| (*string*) buddy for the dive
|airTemp| (*string*) air temperature of the dive
|waterTemp| (*string*) water temperature of the dive
2015-08-20 17:20:40 +00:00
|notes| (*string*) dive notes
2015-11-25 19:18:13 +00:00
|rating| (*int*) dive rating which ranges from 0 to 5
|sac| (*string*) SAC value for the dive
|tags| (*string*) list of dive tags for the dive
|gas| (*string*) list of gases used in the dive
|suit| (*string*) the suit used for the dive
|cylinders| (*string*) complete information of all used cylinders
|cylinder0-7| (*string*) information about a specific cylinder
|weights| (*string*) complete information of all used weight systems
|weight0-5| (*string*) information about a specific weight system
|maxcns| (*string*) maxCNS value for the dive
|otu| (*string*) OTU value for the dive
2016-02-29 14:42:08 +00:00
|sumWeight| (*string*) the summed weight of all used weight systems
|startPressure| (*string*) the start pressure
|endPressure| (*string*) the end pressure
|firstGas| (*string*) first used gas
2015-08-20 17:20:40 +00:00
|=====================
_Subsurface_ also exports *template_options* data. This data must be used as _CSS_ values to provide a dynamically
editable template. The exported data is shown in the following table:
|====================
|*Name*|*Description*
|font| (*string*) font family
|borderwidth| (*int*) border-width value dynamically calculated as 0.1% of the page width with minimum value of 1px
|font_size| (*double*) size of fonts in vw, ranges between 1.0 and 2.0
|line_spacing| (*double*) distance between text lines, ranges between 1.0 and 3.0
|color1| (*string*) background color
|color2| (*string*) primary table cell color
|color3| (*string*) secondary table cell color
|color4| (*string*) primary text color
|color5| (*string*) secondary text color
|color6| (*string*) border colors
|=====================
.template.html
....
border-width: {{ template_options.borderwidth }}px;
....
.output.html
....
border-width: 3px;
....
Another variable that _Subsurface_ exports is *print_options*. This variable contains a single member:
|=====================
|*Name*|*Description*
|grayscale | Use _CSS_ filters to convert the page into grayscale (should be added to body style to enable printing grayscale prints)
|=====================
.template.html
....
body {
{{ print_options.grayscale }};
}
....
.output.html
....
body {
-webkit-filter: grayscale(100%);
}
....
=== Defined CSS selectors
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
As the dive profile is placed after rendering, _Subsurface_ uses special _CSS_ selectors to searche
2015-08-20 17:20:40 +00:00
in the HTML output. The _CSS_ selectors in the following table should be added.
|====================
|*Selector*|*Type*|*Description*
|dive_{{ dive.id }} | id | is used to fetch the relevant dive profile
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
|diveProfile | class | each dive that will contain a dive profile should have this class selector in addition to the dive_{{ dive.id }} id selector
|dontbreak | class | prevents the dive with this class from being divided into two pages. This can be used
2015-08-20 17:20:40 +00:00
in flow layout templates only (when data-numberofdives = 0)
|=====================
IMPORTANT: Rendering dive profiles is not supported for flow layout templates (when data-numberofdives = 0).
=== Special attributes
There are two ways of rendering- either rendering a specific number of dives in each page or make _Subsurface_ try to
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
fit as many dives as possible into one page (_flow_ rendering).
2015-08-20 17:20:40 +00:00
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
The *data-numberofdives* data attribute is added to the body tag to set the rendering mode.
2015-08-20 17:20:40 +00:00
- render 6 dives per page:
....
<body data-numberofdives = 6>
....
- render as much dives as possible:
....
<body data-numberofdives = 0>
....
IMPORTANT: All CSS units should be in relative lengths only, to support printing on any page size.
2015-09-06 20:17:50 +00:00
== APPENDIX F: FAQs.
[[S_APPENDIX_F]]
=== Subsurface appears to miscalculate gas consumption and SAC
[[SAC_CALCULATION]]
'Question': I dived with a 12.2 l tank, starting with 220 bar and ending with 100 bar, and I calculate a different SAC compared what _Subsurface_ calculates. Is _Subsurface_
miscalculating?
'Answer': Not really. What happens is that _Subsurface_ actually calculates gas
consumption differently - and better - than you expect.
In particular, it takes the incompressibility of the gas into account.
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
Traditionally, gas consumption and SAC should be:
2015-09-06 20:17:50 +00:00
+consumption = tank size x (start pressure - end pressure)+
and that's true for an ideal gas, and it's what you get taught in dive theory.
But an "ideal gas" doesn't actually exist, and real gases actually don't compress
linearly with pressure. Also, you are missing the fact that one atmosphere of
pressure isn't actually one bar.
So the *real* calculation is:
+consumption = (amount_of_air_at_beginning - amount_of_air_at_end)+
where the amount of air is *not* just "tank size times pressure in bar".
It's a combination of: "take compressibility into account" (which is a fairly
small issue under 220 bar - you'll see more differences when you do high-pressure
tanks with 300bar) and "convert bar to atm" (which is the majority of your discrepancy).
Remember: one ATM is ~1.013 bar, so without the compressibility, your gas use is:
+12.2*((220-100)/1.013)+
which is about 1445, not 1464. So there was 19 l too much in your simple
calculation that ignored the difference between 1 bar and one ATM.
The compressibility does show up above 200 bar, and takes that 1445 down
about eight litres more, so you really did use only about 1437 l of air at surface pressure.
So be happy: your SAC really is better than your calculations indicated.
Or be sad: your cylinder contains less air than you thought it did.
And as mentioned, the "contains less air than you thought it did" really
starts becoming much more noticeable at high pressure. A 400 bar really does not
contain twice as much air as a 200 bar one. At lower pressures, air acts pretty much like an ideal gas.
=== Some dive profiles have time discrepancies with the recorded samples from my dive computer...
_Subsurface_ ends up ignoring surface time for many things (average depth, divetime, SAC, etc).
'Question': Why do dive durations in my dive computer differ from that given by _Subsurface_?
'Answer': For example, if you end up doing a weight check (deep enough to trigger the "dive started")
but then come back up and wait five minutes for your buddies, your dive computer may say
that your dive is 50 minutes long - because you have fifty minutes worth of samples - but
subsurface will say it's 45 minutes - because you were actually diving for 45 minutes.
It's even more noticeable if you do things like divemastering the initial OW dives, when
you may stay in the water for a long time, but spend most of it at the surface. And then
you don't want that to count as some kind of long dive”.
=== Some dive profiles are missing from the download
[[DC_HISTORY]]
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
'Question': I cannot download all my dives, only the most recent ones,
2015-09-06 20:17:50 +00:00
even though my dive computer's manual states that it records history of
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
e.g. 999 dives?
2015-09-06 20:17:50 +00:00
'Answer': Dive history is different than the dive profiles on the log.
The history only keeps track of the total number of dives and total
amount of time spent below surface. The logs, on the other hand, store
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
the dive profile, but they have a limited amount of memory to do so. The
exact amount of dive profiles that can be stored on the device depends on
2015-09-06 20:17:50 +00:00
sample interval and duration of the dives. Once the memory is full the
oldest dives get overwritten with new dives. Thus we are only able to
download the last 13, 30 or 199 dives.
If you have downloaded your dives to different dive logging software
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
before they were overwritten, there is a good chance that Subsurface can
2015-09-06 20:17:50 +00:00
import these. However, if the logs are only on your dive computer, they
2015-11-23 22:45:41 +00:00
cannot be salvaged after being overwritten by new dives.